TW200810821A - Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same - Google Patents
Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200810821A TW200810821A TW96115301A TW96115301A TW200810821A TW 200810821 A TW200810821 A TW 200810821A TW 96115301 A TW96115301 A TW 96115301A TW 96115301 A TW96115301 A TW 96115301A TW 200810821 A TW200810821 A TW 200810821A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- alkyl
- compound
- formula
- weight
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200810821 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明針對一種用於沉澱及離析具有治療特性之化合 物,更特定言之沉澱及離析3-[2-(3-第三丁基-脲基)-3,3-二 曱基-丁酿基]-6,6-二曱基-3-氮雜雙環[3.1.0]己烷-2-甲酸 (2-胺甲醯基-1-環丁基甲基側氧基-乙基)_醯胺之方法及 含有該化合物之顆粒醫藥調配物。 【先前技術】200810821 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] The present invention is directed to a compound for the precipitation and isolation of therapeutic properties, more particularly precipitation and isolation of 3-[2-(3-tert-butyl-ureido) -3,3-dimercapto-butyryl]-6,6-dimercapto-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2-carboxylic acid (2-aminomethylindol-1-ring) A method of butylmethyl-oxyl-ethyl)-guanamine and a pharmaceutical formulation containing the compound. [Prior Art]
本申請案之本節或任何節中之任何出版物的識別並非承 認該出版物為本發明之先前技術。 一種k供固體形式醫藥化合物之方法為藉由合併反溶劑 及待/儿版之化合物溶液從而自溶液沉澱化合物(溶劑/反溶 劑 >儿澱方法)。通常,當使用溶劑/反溶劑沉澱方法製備沉 澱時,經沉澱物質之特徵展示在溶液與反溶劑混合期間, 存在之所產生之濃度梯度靈敏度隨著經由合併溶液及反溶 劑所形成之粒子速度增加而增加。沉澱產物特徵之實例包 括由沉澱方法所提供之初始粒度範圍、沉澱粒子(初始粒 子之凝聚物)之尺寸、體積表面積(bulk surface 及體 積密度(bulk density)及包括於沉澱粒子内之溶劑量,該等 特徵可受溶劑/反溶劑沉澱方法中濃度梯度之存在影響。 通常以分批法進行溶劑/反溶劑沉澱方法。一般而言, 藉由在混合條件下以慢速率將較小等分試樣之待沉澱:合 物溶液引人含有反溶劑之槽中來進行分批法。在此類型之 分批方法中,反溶劑槽中之混合剪切通常不;^提供充分 120556.doc 200810821 不受濃度梯度影響之反溶劑與溶液之混合,以致該方法 無法提供具有低溶劑内含物之一致且受控粒度範圍之顆 粒。 據稱成核速率與混合速率在相同數量級上或成核速率比 混合速率快之溶劑/反溶劑沉澱方法為混合受控方法。在 用於產生沉殿粒子物質之混合受控方法中,一此工作人員 已採用包括溶劑與反溶劑實質上對流之高速碰撞以提供更 佳控制之粒度範圍且在經沉澱物質中維持低溶劑内含物之 方法,見(例如)頒予Midler等人之美國專利第5,314,5〇6號 (’506專利)及頒予Am_Ende等人之第6,558,435號,各專^ 教示藉由利用溶液及反溶劑之實質上針鋒相對之衝擊喷流 以產生受控尺寸之晶體,從而產生溶解化合物之高強度微 ΐ混合及沉澱晶體。頒予Lindrud等人之美國專利第 6,302,958號教示利用如’506專利所教示之碰撞流且另外利 用置於撞擊區域中之超音波探頭來將混合速率增加至混合 φ 液體之均質速率在小於混合區域内晶體成核時間的時間量 級上之點。混合受控沉澱作用之此等解決方案之每一者需 要使用精確機械且依賴於流體動力學的精確控制來控制經 沉澱結晶固體之物理態樣。 頒予Saskena等人之美國專利第7,〇12,〇66號(,〇66專利)描 述式A之6,6-二甲基-3-氮雜-雙環己烷-醯胺化合 物, 120556.doc 200810821The identification of any publication in this section or any section of this application is not an admission that the publication is prior art to the invention. A method of supplying a pharmaceutical compound in a solid form is to precipitate a compound (solvent/anti-solvent > method) from a solution by combining an anti-solvent and a compound solution of a compound to be used. Generally, when a precipitation is prepared using a solvent/anti-solvent precipitation method, the characteristics of the precipitated substance are shown to be present during the mixing of the solution and the anti-solvent, and the concentration gradient sensitivity generated increases with the particle velocity formed by the combined solution and the anti-solvent. And increase. Examples of the characteristics of the precipitated product include an initial particle size range provided by the precipitation method, a size of the precipitated particles (aggregates of the primary particles), a bulk surface and a bulk density, and an amount of the solvent included in the precipitated particles. These characteristics can be affected by the presence of a concentration gradient in the solvent/antisolvent precipitation process. The solvent/antisolvent precipitation process is typically carried out in a batch process. In general, smaller aliquots are made at slower rates under mixing conditions. The sample to be precipitated: the solution is introduced into a tank containing an anti-solvent for batch processing. In this type of batch method, the mixed shear in the anti-solvent tank is usually not; ^ provides sufficient 120556.doc 200810821 The mixing of the anti-solvent and the solution, which is unaffected by the concentration gradient, such that the method does not provide a consistent and controlled particle size range of particles with low solvent content. It is said that the nucleation rate is at the same order of magnitude or nucleation rate as the mixing rate. A solvent/antisolvent precipitation method that is faster than the mixing rate is a mixed controlled method. In a mixed controlled method for producing a sinking particle material, This worker has employed a method that includes a high velocity collision of a solvent and an antisolvent at substantially high convection to provide a better controlled particle size range and maintains a low solvent content in the precipitated material, see, for example, to the United States to Midler et al. Patent Nos. 5, 314, 5, 6 (the '506 patent) and No. 6,558,435 to Am_Ende et al., each teaching the use of a substantially tit-impact jet of a solution and an anti-solvent to produce a crystal of controlled size. U.S. Patent No. 6,302,958 to the disclosure of U.S. Patent No. 6,302,958 to the disclosure of U.S. Pat. Increasing the mixing rate to a point where the homogenization rate of the mixed φ liquid is less than the time of the crystal nucleation time in the mixing zone. Each of these solutions of mixed controlled precipitation requires precise mechanical and fluid dependent Precise control of the kinetics to control the physical state of the precipitated crystalline solid. U.S. Patent No. 7, 〇 12, 〇 66, to Saskena et al. , 〇66 Patent) describes 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclohexane-guanidine compound of formula A, 120556.doc 200810821
其中R表示·066專利中描述為R3、Z、R4、w及Y之部分, 且R表不·〇66專利中描述為經心及I取代之亞甲基之部 分。描述於’066專利中之化合物之一特定實例為3_[2·(氕第 二丁基-脲基)-3,3-二甲基_丁醯基卜6,6-二甲基_3_氮雜雙環 [3.1.0]己烷-2-曱酸(2·胺甲醯基環丁基曱基側氧基_乙 基)-醯胺(式Β之化合物,見,〇66專利第113行、實例 XXIV(第448至451行)及f 1259行)。此等化合物具有如治 療HCV感染中之〇型肝炎病毒(HCV)蛋白酶抑制劑之所 特性。Wherein R represents a moiety described as R3, Z, R4, w, and Y in the '066 patent, and R is described in the U.S. Patent. A specific example of one of the compounds described in the '066 patent is 3_[2.(氕2,2-butyl-ureido)-3,3-dimethyl-butanyl, 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza Bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane-2-decanoic acid (2. Aminomethyl decylcyclobutyl fluorenyloxy) ethyl decylamine (a compound of the formula ,, see, 〇 66 patent line 113, Example XXIV (lines 448 to 451) and line f 1259). These compounds have properties such as treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV) protease inhibitors in HCV infection.
120556.doc 200810821 之兩、、、屯化形式(例如以具有微米範圍内之平均尺寸之凝聚 微粒物貝形式)提供例如式A或B之化合物之用於醫藥調配 物中之活性化合物(API),該等活性化合物具有狹窄微粒 尺寸分佈、一致體積密度、較低量之内含溶劑及清晰界定 之熔點。因為可使用結晶動力學來確保高純度且可利用其 確保物理特性一致,所以若化合物可結晶則為較佳的。嘗 試提供結晶形式之式B化合物但未獲得成功。 • 在提七、適用於醫藥用途之化合物時,通常藉由使固體化 合物自化合物之溶液沉澱來純化及離析醫藥學上之活性化 合物。一種通用沉澱法(本文中稱作溶液/反溶劑方法)係藉 由將所要化合物之溶液混合入足夠量之反溶劑中以提供所 要化合物具有降低之溶解度的溶劑/反溶劑混合物來進 仃。因此,當混合所要化合物之溶液與反溶劑時,所要化 合物形成原始粒子,該等原始粒子自形成包含沉殿粒子及 合併之溶劑與反溶劑液體之漿料的合併液體聚集且沉澱。 • 當溶劑/反溶劑方法用於在分批結晶器中供應式B化合物 時,沉澱出具有高度不同之初始粒度及廣泛範圍之凝聚物 尺寸的非晶形微粒物質,從而需要對由該沉澱方法產生之 微粒材料進行二次分類。此外,由溶液/反溶劑方法自分 批結晶器提供之式B化合物之沉澱產物,得到批次間保留 溶劑量廣泛不同之沉澱物質,且通常提供需要延長乾燥時 間以餾出過量内含溶劑或具有凝膠形式而非粒子形式之產 物(且因此不合用)。 【發明内容】 120556.doc 200810821 鐾於前述事實,需要一種提供固體、高純度、經沉澱粒 子形式及/或凝聚微粒形式之式A化合物(例如3-[2-(3-第三 丁基-脲基)-3,3-二甲基·丁醯基;|_6,6_二甲基-3·氮雜-雙環 [3.1.0]己烧-2-甲酸(2-胺曱醯基-1-環丁基曱基_2-側氧基-乙 基)-醯胺(式B化合物))之方法,該方法一致性地產生具有 狹窄尺寸範圍(例如約200 nm至約300 nm粒度)之固體、狹 乍弦長範圍之凝聚物微粒及沉澱粒子,且另外提供超過内 含溶劑量之所要對照含量。本發明提供此等及其他目的及/ •或優點。 因此’在本發明之一態樣中揭示一種以包含在約200 nm 至約300 nm之尺寸範圍内之原始粒子的非晶形固體微粒形 式沉澱式A化合物(例如3_[2·(3·第三丁基_脲基)_3,3_二甲 基-丁 基]-6,6-二曱基-3-氮雜-雙環[3 1〇]己烷_2-曱酸(2_ 胺甲醯基-1-環丁基曱基I側氧基-乙基)_醯胺(式Β化合 物))之S法,《方法包含在受控擾流條件下將式β化合物 • 之/谷液流引入用於式Β化合物之反溶劑流内。在一些實施 例中,較佳使溶液流之雷諾數(Reyn〇lds 維持 在至少足以提供擾流之值,例如至少約2,000之值,更佳 為至v力5,5 00之值,更佳為至少約1〇,〇〇〇之值。在一些實 施例中’較佳使反溶劑流之雷諾數維持於至少約9,_之 值:較佳為至少約15,_之值,更佳為至少約2〇,_之 、士 —實^㈣中’ &佳合併不存在任何平行流組份之 在1只知例中’較佳以相對於反溶劑流實質上成9〇 -角來合併溶劑流與反溶劑流。在一些實施例中,較佳合 120556.doc 200810821 併不存在任何流碰撞組份之流。 在一些實施例中,本發明方法包含利用式B之溶液流, 其中溶液流之雷諾數維持在至少約5,500之值,且溶劑流 與反溶劑流之體積比為約1:15至約1:3溶液:反溶劑,較佳 為約1:4溶液:反溶劑。 在一些實施例中,較佳使發生溶液與反溶劑之間的接觸 之設備區域維持在約-25°C至約+25°C,較佳為約-25°C至約 +2 0 °C之溫度下。較佳使發生溶液與反溶劑之間的接觸之 ® 設備區域維持在約-15°C之溫度下。在一些實施例中,較 佳使反溶劑維持在約-25°C至約+20°C之溫度下,較佳為 約-20°C之溫度下。在一些實施例中,較佳使式B化合物之 溶液維持在約_l〇°C至約+20°C之溫度下,較佳為約〇°C之溫 度下。在一些實施例中,將反溶劑及溶液冷卻至所要溫度 且在周圍溫度下操作合併溶液與反溶劑之設備區域,例如 混合三通管。 $ 在一些實施例中,式B化合物之溶液較佳包含甲基第三 丁基醚(MTBE)作為溶劑。在一些實施例中,溶液較佳含 有一定量之式B化合物以提供具有約80 mg/ml(0.15 M)至約 250 mg/ml(0.48 M)之式B化合物之溶液,較佳為約166 mg/ml至約200 mg/ml之式B化合物,更佳為約166 mg/ml之 式B化合物。在一些實施例中,溶劑較佳係選自甲基第三 丁基醚(MTBE)及乙酸乙酯與MTBE之混合物。在一些實施 例中,反溶劑較佳為正庚烧。在一些實施例中,較佳在沉 澱之前藉由(例如)以乾燥劑乾燥溶液、蒸餾或CUNO過濾 120556.doc -11 - 200810821 自/合液μ貝上移除水。在一些實施例中,溶劑為丙酮且反 溶劑為水。 在一些實施例中,較佳藉由利用溶液與反溶劑之連續摻 合流形成溶劑、反溶劑及沉澱粒子之漿料(初始漿料)來進 行’冗而_方法。在一些實施例中,較佳使初始衆料自合併溶 液與反溶劑之區域傳導至收集初始漿料之儲料槽。在一些 實施例中,視情況將靜態混合器置於摻合區域與儲料槽2 _管道中,襞料經由該管道傳導n利用溶液^反 溶劑之連續摻合流之方法中,較佳藉由一或多種選自傾 析、過濾及離心之技術收集經沉殺固體。 在一些實施例中,較佳收集藉由在儲料槽中合併溶液與 反溶劑之流所形成之漿料,且另外對所收集漿料進行蒸餾 步驟。 #、、田 在-些實施财,較佳移除一定量、液體以提供具有初始 漿料體積之約90體積%至約25體積%之體積,更佳為提供 φ 初始漿料體積之約90體積%至約30體積%之體積,更佳提 供約為三分之一初始漿料體積之漿料體積的殘餘漿料。 在一些實施例中,在受控壓力/溫度蒸餾體系中進行蒸 餾步驟以促進沉澱固體(沉澱粒子)之可再生凝聚,藉此; 成文控弦長、體積表面積及體積密度之凝聚微粒❶在一此 實施例中,較佳在低壓條件(較佳為大於約_〇 97巴(表壓*) 之壓力條件)下於小於約32〇c之溫度下進行蒸館步驟。在 -些實施例中,較佳在小於約30t之溫度下餾出㈣體積 至約22體積%之初始漿料體積。在—些實施例中,好 120556.doc -12· 200810821 在小於約26°c之溫度下餾出第一 ι〇體積%之初始漿料體 積。在一些實施例中,較佳在小於約25°C之溫度下餾出第 一 8體積%之初始漿料體積。在一些實施例中,較佳在小 於約23 C之溫度下餾出第一 6體積%之初始漿料體積。在一 些實施例中,較佳在小於約22。〇之溫度下餾出第一 4體積% 之原始漿料體積。在一些實施例中,較佳在小於約2〗之 溫度下餾出第一2體積%之初始漿料體積。 在一些實施例中,該方法在初始漿料濃縮後進一步包含 藉由過濾來離析凝聚微粒,隨後以反溶劑等分試樣洗滌濾 餅。在一些實施例中,較佳以約4倍濾餅體積之體積的正 庚烷洗滌濾餅。在一些實施例中,較佳以等於濾餅質量之 貝1的反溶劑洗滌濾餅。在一些實施例中,較佳以等於濾 餅質量之2等分試樣之反溶劑洗滌濾餅。在一些實施例 中’較佳以反溶劑洗滌濾餅直至濾餅中殘餘溶劑含量小於 約1至約1·5重量%。 在一些實施例中,方法在洗滌濾餅之後進一步包含在周 圍環境下於約25°C至約45°C之溫度下乾燥所離析之凝聚微 粒’歷時足以將總殘餘溶劑降低至小於約1 ·〇重量%,較佳 小於約0.8重量%之值的時間。 在一些實施例中,較佳選擇3_[2气3_第三丁基_脲基兴3,3_ 二甲基-丁醯基]-6,6-二甲基_3·氮雜-雙環[3· 10]己烷_2_甲 酸(2-胺甲醯基_1_環丁基甲基_2_側氧基-乙基 >醯胺(式b化 合物)之濃度、溶液與反溶劑之流的體積比及合併流之線 速度以產生式B化合物之沉澱,該沉澱具有小於約1 〇微米 120556.doc -13 - 200810821An active compound (API) for use in a pharmaceutical formulation, for example, in the form of agglomerated microparticles having an average size in the micrometer range, for example, in the form of agglomerated microparticles having an average size in the micrometer range, 120556.doc 200810821. The active compounds have a narrow particle size distribution, a consistent bulk density, a lower amount of solvent and a clearly defined melting point. Since crystallization kinetics can be used to ensure high purity and it can be used to ensure uniform physical properties, it is preferred if the compound can be crystallized. An attempt was made to provide a compound of formula B in crystalline form without success. • In the case of a compound suitable for medical use, the pharmaceutically active compound is usually purified and isolated by precipitating a solid compound from a solution of the compound. A general precipitation method (referred to herein as a solution/anti-solvent method) is carried out by mixing a solution of the desired compound into a sufficient amount of an anti-solvent to provide a solvent/anti-solvent mixture having a reduced solubility of the desired compound. Therefore, when a solution of the desired compound and an anti-solvent are mixed, the desired compound forms original particles which are aggregated and precipitated from a combined liquid which forms a slurry containing the sinking particles and the combined solvent and anti-solvent liquid. • When the solvent/antisolvent method is used to supply a compound of formula B in a batch crystallizer, an amorphous particulate material having a different initial particle size and a wide range of agglomerate sizes is precipitated, thereby requiring the production of the amorphous particulate material by the precipitation method. The particulate material is classified twice. In addition, the precipitated product of the compound of formula B provided from the batch crystallizer by the solution/antisolvent method provides a precipitated material having a wide range of solvent retention between batches, and generally provides for the need to extend the drying time to distill off the excess internal solvent or have A product in the form of a gel rather than a particle form (and therefore not suitable). SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 120556.doc 200810821 In view of the foregoing, there is a need for a compound of formula A which provides solid, high purity, precipitated particulate form and/or agglomerated particulate form (eg 3-[2-(3-tert-butyl-)- Ureido)-3,3-dimethylbutanyl;|_6,6-dimethyl-3·aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-carboxylic acid (2-aminoindenyl-1- a method of cyclobutylindenyl-2-sideoxy-ethyl)-guanamine (compound of formula B) which consistently produces a solid having a narrow size range (e.g., from about 200 nm to about 300 nm) The agglomerate particles and precipitated particles of a narrow chord length range, and additionally provide a desired control content exceeding the amount of the solvent contained therein. The present invention provides these and other objects and/or advantages. Thus, in one aspect of the invention, a compound of formula A is precipitated in the form of amorphous solid particles comprising primary particles in the range of from about 200 nm to about 300 nm (eg, 3_[2·(3·third) Butyl-ureido)_3,3-dimethyl-butyl]-6,6-diamidino-3-aza-bicyclo[3 1〇]hexane_2-decanoic acid (2_aminocarbamidine) The S method of -1-cyclobutyl fluorenyl I pendant oxy-ethyl) amide (formula oxime compound), the method comprises introducing a liquid of the formula β compound/column flow under controlled spoiler conditions Used in the anti-solvent flow of the hydrazine compound. In some embodiments, it is preferred to maintain the Reynolds number of the solution stream (Reyn〇lds is maintained at least sufficient to provide a value for the turbulence, such as a value of at least about 2,000, more preferably a value of 5,500 to v, more preferably A value of at least about 1 Torr. In some embodiments, it is preferred to maintain the Reynolds number of the antisolvent stream at a value of at least about 9, _: preferably at least about 15, _, more preferably For at least about 2 〇, _, 士 - 实 ^ (4) ' & good combination does not exist in any parallel flow component in a known case 'preferably with respect to the anti-solvent flow is substantially 9 〇-angle The solvent stream and the anti-solvent stream are combined. In some embodiments, preferably 120556.doc 200810821 there is no flow of any stream collision component. In some embodiments, the method of the invention comprises utilizing a solution stream of formula B, Wherein the Reynolds number of the solution stream is maintained at a value of at least about 5,500, and the volume ratio of solvent stream to antisolvent stream is from about 1:15 to about 1:3 solution: antisolvent, preferably about 1:4 solution: antisolvent In some embodiments, it is preferred to maintain the area of the device where contact between the solution and the anti-solvent occurs at about -25 ° C. A temperature of about +25 ° C, preferably about -25 ° C to about + 20 ° C. It is preferred to maintain the contact zone between the solution and the anti-solvent at a temperature of about -15 ° C. In some embodiments, the antisolvent is preferably maintained at a temperature of from about -25 ° C to about +20 ° C, preferably at a temperature of from about -20 ° C. In some embodiments, preferably. The solution of the compound of formula B is maintained at a temperature of from about 10 ° C to about + 20 ° C, preferably at a temperature of about 〇 ° C. In some embodiments, the anti-solvent and solution are cooled to the desired temperature. And operating the zone of the combined solution with the anti-solvent at ambient temperature, such as a mixing tee. In some embodiments, the solution of the compound of Formula B preferably comprises methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) as a solvent. In some embodiments, the solution preferably contains a quantity of a compound of formula B to provide a solution of a compound of formula B having from about 80 mg/ml (0.15 M) to about 250 mg/ml (0.48 M), preferably about 166 mg. /ml to about 200 mg / ml of the compound of formula B, more preferably about 166 mg / ml of the compound of formula B. In some embodiments, the solvent is preferably selected from the group consisting of methyl third Ether (MTBE) and a mixture of ethyl acetate and MTBE. In some embodiments, the anti-solvent is preferably n-g. In some embodiments, it is preferred to dry the solution, for example, with a desiccant, prior to precipitation, Distillation or CUNO Filtration 120556.doc -11 - 200810821 Water is removed from the lysate μ. In some embodiments, the solvent is acetone and the antisolvent is water. In some embodiments, preferably by using a solution The continuous blending of the anti-solvent forms a slurry (initial slurry) of the solvent, anti-solvent and precipitated particles for the 'duplex' method. In some embodiments, the initial mass is preferably conducted from the zone of the combined solution and the anti-solvent to a sump that collects the initial slurry. In some embodiments, the static mixer is placed in the blending zone and the sump 2_tube as the case may be, and the method of conducting the continuous blending flow using the solution antisolvent via the conduit, preferably by One or more techniques selected from the group consisting of decantation, filtration, and centrifugation collect the killed solids. In some embodiments, it is preferred to collect the slurry formed by combining the solution and the anti-solvent stream in a sump, and additionally subjecting the collected slurry to a distillation step. In some implementations, it is preferred to remove a quantity, liquid to provide a volume having from about 90% to about 25% by volume of the initial slurry volume, more preferably about 90% of the initial slurry volume of φ. From 5% by volume to about 30% by volume, more preferably a residual slurry of about one-third of the initial slurry volume of the slurry volume. In some embodiments, the distillation step is performed in a controlled pressure/temperature distillation system to promote regenerable agglomeration of the precipitated solids (precipitated particles), whereby the condensed particles of the chord length, volume surface area, and bulk density are entangled in one In this embodiment, the steaming step is preferably carried out at a temperature of less than about 32 〇c under low pressure conditions, preferably at a pressure of greater than about 〇97 bar (gauge*). In some embodiments, it is preferred to distill from (iv) to about 22% by volume of the initial slurry volume at a temperature of less than about 30t. In some embodiments, 120556.doc -12. 200810821 distills a first volume of the initial slurry volume at a temperature of less than about 26 °C. In some embodiments, the first 8 volume percent initial slurry volume is preferably distilled at a temperature of less than about 25 °C. In some embodiments, the first 6 volume percent initial slurry volume is preferably distilled at a temperature of less than about 23 C. In some embodiments, it is preferably less than about 22. The first 4 volume% of the original slurry volume was distilled off at a temperature of 〇. In some embodiments, the first 2 vol% initial slurry volume is preferably distilled at a temperature of less than about 2 Å. In some embodiments, the method further comprises, after concentration of the initial slurry, isolating the agglomerated particles by filtration, followed by washing the filter cake with an anti-solvent aliquot. In some embodiments, the filter cake is preferably washed with about 4 times the volume of the cake volume of n-heptane. In some embodiments, the filter cake is preferably washed with an anti-solvent equal to the mass of the filter cake. In some embodiments, the filter cake is preferably washed with an anti-solvent equal to 2 aliquots of the mass of the filter cake. In some embodiments, the filter cake is preferably washed with an anti-solvent until the residual solvent content of the filter cake is less than about 1 to about 1.25 wt%. In some embodiments, the method further comprises, after washing the filter cake, drying the isolated agglomerated microparticles at a temperature of from about 25 ° C to about 45 ° C under ambient conditions for a period of time sufficient to reduce the total residual solvent to less than about 1 . The weight %, preferably less than about 0.8% by weight of the time. In some embodiments, it is preferred to select 3_[2 gas 3_t-butyl-urea-based 3,3-dimethyl-butanyl]-6,6-dimethyl-3-3 aza-bicyclo[3· 10] hexane 2 - formic acid (2-aminoformamido-1 - cyclobutylmethyl 2 - pendant oxy-ethyl > guanamine (compound of formula b) concentration, volume of solution and anti-solvent flow Comparing and combining the linear velocity of the stream to produce a precipitate of the compound of formula B having a titer of less than about 1 〇 micron 120556.doc -13 - 200810821
之原始粒子、約1微米至約2·5微米、較佳約ι·5微米之中值 沉殿粒度(原始粒子之聚集)、約1微米至約5〇微米之沉殿粒 度分佈及小於約1重量%之内含溶劑含量。在一些實施例 中,較佳選擇產生約16 m2/g至約33 m2/g,較佳約25 m2/g 至約32.5 m/g之體積表面積之初始漿料中之沉澱顆粒的方 法條件。在一些實施例中,較佳選擇提供如下漿料之方法 條件,其中漿料中之固體具有約2(TC至約5(rc,較佳約 25°C至約50°C之軟化點。在一些實施例中,較佳在產生具 有約5 mVg至約12 m2/g範圍之體積表面積之凝聚微粒的條 件下,對最初收集之漿料進行蒸餾步驟。在一些實施例 中,較佳選擇產生具有約7 m2/g之中值體積表面積之凝聚 微粒之蒸餾步驟條件。 本發明之另一態樣為提供醫藥調配物,其具有約〇.4 mg/ml至約0.6 mg/ml之體積密度,較佳約〇 47 mg/mi之體 積密度及約0.64 mg/ml之敲緊密度且包含根據本發明所製 備之凝聚微粒。在-些實施例中,顆粒#藥調配物較佳包 含多達50重量%包含根據本發明之方法所製備之式b化合 物的API(較佳為50重量% API)、多達14重量%乳糖單水合 物(較佳為14重量%乳糖單水合物)、多達6重量%交聯竣甲 基纖維素鈉(較佳為6重量%交㈣甲基纖維素納卜多達 重量%微晶纖維素(較佳為1〇重量%微晶纖維素卜多達Η 重量%預膠凝化澱粉(較祛糸】 曰 U乂隹為15重量%預膠凝化澱粉)、多 達6重量%月桂基硫酸鈉(卓 ,^ (华乂‘為3重量%月桂基硫酸鈉)及 夕達2重量%硬脂酸鎮(較佳為2重量%硬脂酸鎂)。 120556.doc -14- 200810821 在一些實施例中.,較佳藉由 製備顆粒醫藥調配物: 一種包含以下步驟之方法來 ⑷藉由-種包含以下步驟之方法形成第一顆粒: ⑴払s足以提供多達58重量。,較佳為6重量% 第一顆粒之量的根據本發明之方法製備之式B化 &物足以提供多達6.0重量%,較佳為5.6重量 第顆粒之昼的微晶纖維素、足以提供多達18The primary particles, the median granule size (aggregation of the original particles) of about 1 micrometer to about 2.5 micrometers, preferably about 1 micrometer, preferably about 1 micrometer to about 5 micrometers, and less than about The solvent content is within 1% by weight. In some embodiments, the method of producing precipitated particles in the initial slurry having a volumetric surface area of from about 16 m2/g to about 33 m2/g, preferably from about 25 m2/g to about 32.5 m/g, is preferably selected. In some embodiments, it is preferred to provide process conditions for the slurry wherein the solids in the slurry have a softening point of from about 2 (TC to about 5 (rc, preferably from about 25 ° C to about 50 ° C.) In some embodiments, the initially collected slurry is subjected to a distillation step, preferably under conditions which produce agglomerated particles having a volume surface area in the range of from about 5 mVg to about 12 m2/g. In some embodiments, a preferred option is produced. Distillation step conditions for agglomerated microparticles having a median volumetric surface area of about 7 m2/g. Another aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation having a bulk density of from about 0.4 mg/ml to about 0.6 mg/ml. Preferably, the bulk density of about 47 mg/mi and the knockdown of about 0.64 mg/ml and comprising agglomerated microparticles prepared in accordance with the present invention. In some embodiments, the particulate #pharmaceutical formulation preferably comprises up to 50% by weight of the API comprising the compound of the formula b prepared according to the process of the invention (preferably 50% by weight of API), up to 14% by weight of lactose monohydrate (preferably 14% by weight of lactose monohydrate), more Up to 6% by weight of crosslinked 竣methylcellulose sodium (preferably 6% by weight (four) Cellulose cellulose as much as % by weight of microcrystalline cellulose (preferably 1% by weight of microcrystalline cellulose, up to 重量% by weight of pregelatinized starch (relatively 祛糸) 曰U乂隹 is 15% by weight Gelatinized starch), up to 6% by weight of sodium lauryl sulfate (Zhuo, ^ (Huawei' is 3 wt% sodium lauryl sulfate) and Xi Da 2% by weight stearic acid town (preferably 2 wt% hard) Magnesium oleate) 120556.doc -14- 200810821 In some embodiments, preferably by preparing a granule pharmaceutical formulation: a method comprising the following steps (4) forming a first granule by a method comprising the following steps : (1) 払s is sufficient to provide up to 58% by weight, preferably 6% by weight of the first granules of the formula B according to the process of the invention, sufficient to provide up to 6.0% by weight, preferably 5.6 weight Microcrystalline cellulose at the top of the granules, enough to provide up to 18
重里%,較佳為丨6 6重量%第一顆粒之量的預膠 =匕,粉、足以提供多達4重量%,車交佳為3·3重 里%弟-顆粒之量的交聯缓甲基纖維素納及足以 提供多達i 6重量%,較佳為i 5.6重量%第一顆粒 之量的乳糖單水合物,以提供第-乾式摻合混 合物; ⑻,用包含足以提供多達6 6重量%,較佳為^重 f %第一顆粒之粒化流體(溶於等於約七倍sls重 量之量的水中)將來自步驟"a⑴"之混合物製成顆 粒; ㈣濕磨來自步驟"Π"之顆粒以提供均句粒度; ㈣乾燥步驟㈣中所製備之濕顆粒直至顆粒顯示乾 燥失重(LOD)小於2.5重量% ; w經由篩研磨經乾燥之第—顆粒以提供分級顆粒; =精由使來自步驟»"之分級顆粒與足以提供多如 纖Μ為5’1重量%第二乾式摻合混合物之量的微晶 纖維素及足以提供多達6.2重量%、較佳川重量%第二乾 120556.doc -15- 200810821 式摻合混合物之量的交聯幾f基纖維素納摻合從而形成第 一乾式摻合混合物;且 藉由乾式摻合第二乾式摻合混合物與足以提供多達3 重里李乂么為2重買%顆粒產物《量的硬脂酸鎂從而形成 顆粒醫樂調配物產物。 在些貝施例中,較佳藉由用根據上述方法所製備的足 以提供含於顆粒調配物中之所要量之Αρι之量的顆粒醫藥 調配物來填充膠囊以提供膠囊劑型之藥劑。在一些實施例 中,較佳使用用於摻合及粒化之高剪切混合器/粒化機.、 裝備有具有0·375忖孔之筛之濕磨機、流化床乾燥器及裝 備有具有0.040吋孔之篩之乾磨機製備第一顆粒。在一些 實施例中,較佳在牽引摻合器中進行乾式摻合操作。 在一些實施例中,較佳由乾式摻合4〇 KgSB化合物 (API)(根據上述沉澱法所製備且呈製備原樣使用)與4() Kg 微晶纖維素、11.2 Kg乳糖單水合物、12〇 Kg預膠凝化澱 粉及2.4 Kg交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉製成第一乾式摻合混合物 所製成之混合物來形成第一顆粒。在一些實施例中,較佳 提供包含溶於48 Kg水中之2·4 &§月桂基硫酸鈉之粒化流 體且較佳使乾式摻合混合物粒化直至觀察不到自由流動粉 末。在一些實施例中,較佳在流化床乾燥器中乾燥顆粒直 至證明乾燥失重小於約2.5重量%。在一些實施例中,較佳 在裝備有0.032忖師之師磨機中研磨乾燥顆粒以提供具有 平均32目尺寸之顆粒物質。在一些實施例中,較佳使乾燥 研磨顆粒與4.0 Kg額外微晶纖維素及2·4 Kg額外交聯缓甲 120556.doc -16 - 200810821 基纖維素鈉摻合,以提供第二乾式摻合混合物,接著使 1 ·6 Kg硬脂酸鎂與該第二乾式摻合混合物摻合以提供顆粒 醫藥調配物。 在一些實施例中,視情況將等分量之上述顆粒醫藥調配 物裝入明膠膠囊内以提供具有下表所示之組份重量之劑型 (各劑量具有約200 mg API)。 組份 功能 含量(mg/膠囊) 式B化合物之沉澱e 原料藥 200 微晶纖維素 黏合劑/填充劑 40 乳糖單水合物 填充劑 56 交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉 崩解劑 24 預膠凝化澱粉 黏合劑 60 月桂基硫酸鈉 界面活性劑 12 硬脂酸鎂 潤滑劑 8 純水a 加工助劑 (…)a 膠囊填充物淨重 400 硬質明膠膠囊b 含有膠囊填充物 各1個 a:添加以供加工;在製造過程期間蒸發。 b : 0號,藍色,不透明,不含防腐劑,二片式硬質明膠膠囊。 c :假定沉澱活性為100%之重量-上調實際調配物重量以降低活性。 本發明之另一態樣為供應包含一定量顆粒醫藥調配物之 劑型,該醫藥調配物包含多達58重量%之式B化合物之 API、多達6重量%之微晶纖維素、多達18重量%之預膠凝 化澱粉、多達4重量°/〇之交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉、多達16重 量%之乳糖單水合物及多達6重量%之月桂基硫酸鈉,其進 一步由約0.4 g/ml至約0.6 g/ml之體積密度來表徵,且其中 API之微粒形式為由約5 m2/g至約12 m2/g之體積表面積及 約0.15 g/ml至約0.19 g/ml之體積密度表徵之凝聚微粒,當 120556.doc -17- 200810821 該劑型以單劑量投與時其進一步以含有800 mg API且在約 3.0小時展現出2106之Cmax及7029之AUC表徵。 在一些實施例中,較佳藉由以一或多種選自如本文所述 之式I-XXVIII化合物之化合物來取代上述式B之API,以提 供上述醫藥調配物。該等調配物可用於抑制HCV蛋白酶及/ 或組織蛋白活性且具有良好溶解特性以促進式I-XXVIII化 合物之吸收。 在一些實施例中,較佳自以下文檔(其以引用之方式併 入本文中)中所提及之HCV蛋白酶抑制劑之群還擇至少一 種 HCV蛋白酶抑制劑:US20040048802A1、US20040043949A1、 US20040001853A1、US20030008828A1、US20020182227A1、 US20020177725A1、US20020150947A1、US20050267018A1、 US20020034732A1 、 US20010034019A1 、 US20050153877A1 、 US20050074465A1、US20050053921A1、US20040253577A1、 US20040229936A1、US20040229840A1、US20040077551A1、% by weight, preferably 6% by weight of the first granules of pre-gel = 匕, powder, sufficient to provide up to 4% by weight, and the cross-linking of the amount of 3% to 3% by weight Methylcellulose is added in an amount sufficient to provide up to 6% by weight, preferably i5.6% by weight of the first granules of lactose monohydrate to provide a first dry blending mixture; (8), containing sufficient to provide up to 6 6 wt%, preferably ^ weight f % of the granulating fluid of the first granule (dissolved in water equal to about seven times the weight of sls) granules from the mixture of step "a(1)"; Step "Π" granules to provide a uniform particle size; (d) Drying the wet granules prepared in step (4) until the granules exhibit a loss on drying weight (LOD) of less than 2.5% by weight; w-milling the dried granules to provide graded granules = fine by making the graded particles from step »" sufficient to provide microcrystalline cellulose in an amount sufficient to provide 5'1% by weight of the second dry blended mixture, and sufficient to provide up to 6.2% by weight, preferably Sichuan weight% second dry 120556.doc -15- 200810821 The amount of the cross-linking of several f-cell cellulose nano-doses to form a first dry blending mixture; and by dry blending the second dry blending mixture with enough to provide up to 3 weights of Li Wei % granule product "amount of magnesium stearate to form a granule medicinal formulation product. In some of the examples, the capsules are preferably filled by a granule pharmaceutical formulation containing the desired amount of granules contained in the granule formulation to provide a capsule dosage form of the medicament. In some embodiments, a high shear mixer/granulation machine for blending and granulation is preferably used. A wet mill equipped with a sieve having a 0. 375 bore, a fluidized bed dryer and equipment The first pellet was prepared by a dry mill having a sieve having a 0.040 bore. In some embodiments, the dry blending operation is preferably carried out in a draw blender. In some embodiments, it is preferred to dry blend 4 〇 KgSB compound (API) (prepared according to the above precipitation method and used as prepared) with 4 () Kg microcrystalline cellulose, 11.2 Kg lactose monohydrate, 12 A mixture of 〇Kg pregelatinized starch and 2.4 Kg of croscarmellose sodium to form a first dry blending mixture to form a first granule. In some embodiments, it is preferred to provide a granulated fluid comprising 2.4 g of sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 48 Kg of water and preferably granulating the dry blended mixture until no free flowing powder is observed. In some embodiments, the particles are preferably dried in a fluid bed dryer until the loss on drying is less than about 2.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the dried granules are preferably ground in a teacher mill equipped with a 0.032 division to provide a particulate material having an average size of 32 mesh. In some embodiments, the dry abrasive granules are preferably blended with 4.0 Kg of additional microcrystalline cellulose and 2·4 Kg of additional crosslinked tempering 120556.doc -16 - 200810821 based cellulose sodium to provide a second dry blend. The mixture is then blended with 1.6 Kg of magnesium stearate and the second dry blended mixture to provide a particulate pharmaceutical formulation. In some embodiments, an aliquot of the above granule pharmaceutical formulation is optionally filled into a gelatin capsule to provide a dosage form having a component weight as indicated in the table below (each dosage having about 200 mg API). Component functional content (mg/capsule) Precipitation of compound of formula B e drug substance 200 microcrystalline cellulose binder/filler 40 lactose monohydrate filler 56 croscarmellose sodium disintegrant 24 pregelatinization Starch Adhesive 60 Sodium Lauryl Sulfate Surfactant 12 Magnesium Stearate Lubricant 8 Pure Water a Processing Aid (...) a Capsule Fill Net Weight 400 Hard Gelatin Capsule b Contains one capsule each a: Add For processing; evaporation during the manufacturing process. b : No. 0, blue, opaque, preservative-free, two-piece hard gelatin capsules. c: assuming a precipitation activity of 100% by weight - upregulating the actual formulation weight to reduce activity. Another aspect of the invention is the provision of a dosage form comprising a quantity of a particulate pharmaceutical formulation comprising up to 58% by weight of an API of a compound of formula B, up to 6% by weight of microcrystalline cellulose, up to 18 5% by weight of pregelatinized starch, up to 4% by weight of croscarmellose sodium, up to 16% by weight of lactose monohydrate and up to 6% by weight of sodium lauryl sulfate, further Characterized by a bulk density of from about 0.4 g/ml to about 0.6 g/ml, and wherein the particulate form of the API is from about 5 m2/g to about 12 m2/g by volume surface area and from about 0.15 g/ml to about 0.19 g. Agglomerated particles characterized by a bulk density of /ml, when 12060.doc -17- 200810821 This dosage form is further characterized by a Umax containing 800 mg API and exhibiting a Cmax of 2106 and an AUC of 7029 at about 3.0 hours. In some embodiments, the above pharmaceutical formulation is preferably provided by substituting one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds of formula I-XXVIII as described herein for the API of formula B above. Such formulations are useful for inhibiting HCV protease and/or tissue protein activity and having good solubility characteristics to promote absorption of the compound of Formula I-XXVIII. In some embodiments, a population of HCV protease inhibitors, preferably mentioned in the following document (which is incorporated herein by reference), is also selected from at least one HCV protease inhibitor: US20040048802A1, US20040043949A1, US20040001853A1, US20030008828A1 US20020182227A1, US20020177725A1, US20020150947A1, US20050267018A1, US20020034732A1, US20010034019A1, US20050153877A1, US20050074465A1, US20050053921A1, US20040253577A1, US20040229936A1, US20040229840A1, US20040077551A1
EP1408031A1、WO9837180A2、US6696281B1、JP11137252A、 W00111089A1、US6280940B1、EP1106702A1、US20050118603A1、 JP2000007645A 、 W00053740A1 、 W00020400A1 、 W02004013349A2、W02005027871A2、W02002100900A2、 W00155703A1、US20030125541A1、US20040039187A1、 US6608027B1 、US20030224977A1 、W02003010141A2、 W02003007945A1、W02002052015A2、WO0248375A2、 WO0066623A2 、 W00009543A2 、 WO9907734A2 、 US6767991B1 、 US20030187018A1 、 US20030186895A1 、 120556.doc -18- 200810821EP1408031A1, WO9837180A2, US6696281B1, JP11137252A, W00111089A1, US6280940B1, EP1106702A1, US20050118603A1, JP2000007645A, W00053740A1, W00020400A1, W02004013349A2, W02005027871A2, W02002100900A2, W00155703A1, US20030125541A1, US20040039187A1, US6608027B1, US20030224977A1, W02003010141A2, W02003007945A1, W02002052015A2, WO0248375A2, WO0066623A2, W00009543A2, WO9907734A2, US6767991B1, US20030187018A1, US20030186895A1, 120556.doc -18- 200810821
W02004087741A1 W02004037855A1 US20040224900A1 W02004065367A1 W02004009121A1 W02004094452A2 W02003099274A1 W00040745A1 、 WO0248157A2 、 W00022160A1 、 ^ W02004039970A1 ^ W02004030670A1 、W02005028501A1 ^ W02004064925A1 、W02003066103A1 、W02004015131A2 ^ W02003053349A2 US6586615B1 、 WO0248116A2 、 US20060051745A1 、W02004039833A1、 ‘ US20040229818A1、 、W02004103996A1、 、W02004093915A1、 、W02005034850A2、 > W02003099316A1、 、W02002060926A2、 W02002061048A2 、 W02005017125A2 、 W02004021871A2 、 W02004011647A1、W09816657A1、US5371017A、WO9849190A2、 US5807829A、W00005243A2、W00208251A2、W02005067437A2、 W09918856A1、W00004914A1、WO0212543A2、W09845040A1、 W00140262A1、W00102424A2、W00196540A2、WO0164678A2 US5512391A、WO0218369A2、W09846597A1、W02005010029A1 WO2004113365A2、W02004093798A2、W02004072243A2W02004087741A1 W02004037855A1 US20040224900A1 W02004065367A1 W02004009121A1 W02004094452A2 W02003099274A1 W00040745A1, WO0248157A2, W00022160A1, ^ W02004039970A1 ^ W02004030670A1, W02005028501A1 ^ W02004064925A1, W02003066103A1, W02004015131A2 ^ W02003053349A2 US6586615B1, WO0248116A2, US20060051745A1, W02004039833A1, 'US20040229818A1,, W02004103996A1,, W02004093915A1,, W02005034850A2, > W02003099316A1 ,, W02002060926A2, W02002061048A2, W02005017125A2, W02004021871A2, W02004011647A1, W09816657A1, US5371017A, WO9849190A2, US5807829A, W00005243A2, W00208251A2, W02005067437A2, W09918856A1, W00004914A1, WO0212543A2, W09845040A1, W00140262A1, W00102424A2, W00196540A2, WO0164678A2 US5512391A, WO0218369A2, W09846597A1, W02005010029A1 WO2004113365A2, W02004093798A2, W02004072243A2
W09822496A2W09822496A2
JP11199509A W02004046159A1 WO9740168A1 W02005012288A1 W02004108687A2 US6187905B1 US20060110755A1 W02002093519A2 W09524414A1 W02003077729A2 W02005009418A2 W09963998A1 W02004003000A2 US20050037018A1 WO0063444A2、W09938888A2、W09964442A1、W00031129A1 WO0168818A2、WO9812308A1、W09522985A1、WO0132691A1JP11199509A W02004046159A1 WO9740168A1 W02005012288A1 W02004108687A2 US6187905B1 US20060110755A1 W02002093519A2 W09524414A1 W02003077729A2 W02005009418A2 W09963998A1 W02004003000A2 US20050037018A1 WO0063444A2, W09938888A2, W09964442A1, W00031129A1 WO0168818A2, WO9812308A1, W09522985A1, WO0132691A1
WO9708304A2、W02002079234A1、JP10298151A、JP09206076A 120556.doc -19- 200810821WO9708304A2, W02002079234A1, JP10298151A, JP09206076A 120556.doc -19- 200810821
JP09009961A、JP2001103993A、JP11127861A、JP11124400A、 JP11124398A、W02003051910A2、W02004021861A2、 W09800548A1、W02004026896A2、WO0116379A1、US5861297A、 W02004007512A2、W02004003138A2、W02002057287A2、 W02004009020A2、W02004000858A2、W02003105770A2、 WO0114517A1、WO9805333A1、US6280728B1、EP1443116A1、 US20040063911A1、W02003076466A1、W02002087500A2、 W00190121A2、W02004016222A2、W09839030A1、WO9846630A1、 WO0123331A1、W09824766A1、US6168942B1、WO0188113A2、 W02005018330A1 、W02005003147A2 、W09115596A1 、 WO9719103A1 、 WO9708194A1 、 W02002055693A2 、 W02005030796A1、W02005021584A2、WO2004113295A1、 WO2004113294A1、W02004113272A1、W02003062228A1 > WO0248172A2、W00208198A2、WO0181325A2、WO0177113A2、 WO0158929A1、W09928482A2、WO9743310A1、WO9636702A2、 WO9635806A1、W09635717A2、US6326137B1、US6251583B1、 US5990276A、US5759795A、US5714371A、US6524589B1、 WO0208256A2、W00208187A1、W02003062265A2、US7012066B2、 JP07184648A 、 JP06315377A 、 W02002100851A2 、 W02002100846A1 、 W00039348A1 、 JP06319583A 、 JP11292840A、JP08205893A、WO0075338A2、W00075337A1、 W02003059384A1、W02002063035A2、W02002070752A1、 US6190920B1、W02002068933A2、WO0122984A1、JP04320693A、 JP2003064094A、WO0179849A2、W00006710A1、W00001718A2、 120556.doc -20- 200810821 WO0238799A2 、W02005037860A2 、 W02005035525A2 、 W02005025517A2、W02005007681A2、W02003035060A1、 W02003006490A1 、 WO0174768A2 、 W00107027A2 、 W00024725A1、W00012727A1、W09950230A1、WO9909148A1、 W09817679A1 、 W09811134A1 、 W09634976A1 、 W02003087092A2 、 W02005028502A1 、 US5837464A 、 DE20201549U1 、 W02003090674A2 、 WO9727334A1 、 W00034308A2 、 US6127116A 、 US20030054000A1 、JP09009961A, JP2001103993A, JP11127861A, JP11124400A, JP11124398A, W02003051910A2, W02004021861A2, W09800548A1, W02004026896A2, WO0116379A1, US5861297A, W02004007512A2, W02004003138A2, W02002057287A2, W02004009020A2, W02004000858A2, W02003105770A2, WO0114517A1, WO9805333A1, US6280728B1, EP1443116A1, US20040063911A1, W02003076466A1, W02002087500A2, W00190121A2, W02004016222A2, W09839030A1, WO9846630A1, WO0123331A1, W09824766A1, US6168942B1, WO0188113A2, W02005018330A1, W02005003147A2, W09115596A1, WO9719103A1, WO9708194A1, W02002055693A2, W02005030796A1, W02005021584A2, WO2004113295A1, WO2004113294A1, W02004113272A1, W02003062228A1 > WO0248172A2, W00208198A2, WO0181325A2, WO0177113A2, WO0158929A1, W09928482A2 , WO9743310A1, WO9636702A2, WO9635806A1, W09635717A2, US6326137B1, US6251583B1, US5990276A, US5759795A, US5714371A, US6524589B1, WO0208256A2, W00208187A1, W02003062265A2, US7012066B2, JP071846 48A, JP06315377A, W02002100851A2, W02002100846A1, W00039348A1, JP06319583A, JP11292840A, JP08205893A, WO0075338A2, W00075337A1, W02003059384A1, W02002063035A2, W02002070752A1, US6190920B1, W02002068933A2, WO0122984A1, JP04320693A, JP2003064094A, WO0179849A2, W00006710A1, W00001718A2, 120556.doc -20- 200810821 WO0238799A2 , W02005037860A2, W02005035525A2, W02005025517A2, W02005007681A2, W02003035060A1, W02003006490A1, WO0174768A2, W00107027A2, W00024725A1, W00012727A1, W09950230A1, WO9909148A1, W09817679A1, W09811134A1, W09634976A1, W02003087092A2, W02005028502A1, US5837464A, DE20201549U1, W02003090674A2, WO9727334A1, W00034308A2, US6127116A, US20030054000A1,
JP2001019699A、US6596545B1、US6329209B1、IT1299179、 CA2370400、KR2002007244、KR165708、KR2000074387、 KR2000033010、KR2000033011、KR2001107178、KR2001107179、 ES2143918、KR2002014283、KR149198、KR2001068676。 【實施方式】 一種製造式B化合物之方法描述於頒予Saskena等人之美 國專利第7,012,066號Γ066專利)中。詳言之,’066專利在 第113行、實例XXIV(第448至451行)及第1259行處具體描 述式B化合物之製備。詳言之,此等小節及整個’〇66專利 以引用之方式併入本文中。用於合成式B化合物之改良方 法描述於2006年11月13曰申請之美國專利申請案第 11/598,528號中(*528申請案)及2006年12月20日申請之國際 專利申請案第2006/048613號(’613申請案)中。在第10至13 頁及實例1至2上,’528申請案描述’066專利中所述之用於 製備式B化合物之方法的改良,該等頁(與整個》528申請案 一起)以引用之方式併入本文中。在第19至39頁上,’613申 120556.doc -21- 200810821 請案描述,066專利中所述之用於製備式6化合物之方法的 改良上之改良,該等頁(與整個,613申請案一起)以引用之 方式併入本文中。 如本文中所狀術語"反溶劑,,為t將反溶劑混人包含溶 劑及所關注化合物之溶液中時,降低所關注化合物溶解度 之液體。因此,^夠量之反溶劑與包含所關注化合物之溶 液混合使所關注化合物以微粒物質之形式自溶液及沉礙中 析出。 本文所用之術語"弦長"係指橫貫一粒子所需之理論綠索 之長度。因此’各微粒具有其尺寸及形狀之弦長分佈特 徵。 如本文中所用之"原始粒子》為藉由合併溶液與反溶劑而 成核之最初形成之粒子^初始粒度"係指原始粒子之尺寸 且係由掃描電子顯微術(SEM)測定。 如本文中所用之術語"沉殿粒子”係指在聚料中藉由初始 •子之聚集作用所开’成之粒子。如本文中所用之術語"凝 聚微粒”係指沉澱粒子之凝聚。如本文所用之術語,,粒子,, 及”微粒”屬於由沉殿方法所形成之物質,且”顆粒"係指粒 子之凝聚或聚集或成份混合物之聚集或凝聚,例如由固體 與粒化流體之粉末混合物凝聚所製備之"顆粒"。 如本文中所用之”中值沉澱粒度"、"中值聚集物粒度,,及 f’粒度分佈”係由雷射繞射(LC)量測法測定。 除非另外#明,否則如本文中所用之縮寫,,腿"意謂奈 米0 120556.doc -22- 200810821 除非另外說明,否則如本文中所用之縮寫”M”意謂莫 耳。 一 ~ 如本文中所用之術語"雷諾數"(Re)為自流體動力學產生 之習知定義,係如下定義之無因次參數:JP2001019699A, US6596545B1, US6329209B1, IT1299179, CA2370400, KR2002007244, KR165708, KR2000074387, KR2000033010, KR2000033011, KR2001107178, KR2001107179, ES2143918, KR2002014283, KR149198, KR2001068676. [Embodiment] A method of producing a compound of the formula B is described in U.S. Patent No. 7,012,066, issued to Saskena et al. In particular, the '066 patent specifically describes the preparation of compounds of formula B at line 113, example XXIV (lines 448 to 451) and line 1259. In particular, these subsections and the entire '〇66 patent are incorporated herein by reference. An improved method for the synthesis of a compound of formula B is described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/598,528, filed on Nov. 13, 2006, filed on /048613 ('613 application). Improvements to the method for preparing a compound of formula B as described in the '528 application description '066 patent, pages 10 to 13 and examples 1 to 2, which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety by reference. The manner is incorporated herein. On pages 19 to 39, '613 Application 120556.doc -21-200810821, the description of the improvement of the method for preparing the compound of formula 6 described in the '066 patent, the pages (with the whole, 613) The application is hereby incorporated by reference. As used herein, the term "antisolvent," is a liquid that reduces the solubility of a compound of interest when the antisolvent is mixed with a solution comprising the solvent and the compound of interest. Thus, a sufficient amount of the anti-solvent is mixed with a solution containing the compound of interest to cause the compound of interest to precipitate out of solution and hindrance in the form of particulate matter. The term "string length" as used herein refers to the length of the theoretical green cord required to traverse a particle. Therefore, each particle has a chord length distribution characteristic of its size and shape. "Original Particles" as used herein is the initially formed particle nucleated by combining a solution with an anti-solvent. The initial particle size refers to the size of the original particles and is determined by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). As used herein, the term "sinking particles" refers to particles that are formed by agglomeration of the initial particles in a polymer. The term "agglomerated particles" as used herein refers to the agglomeration of precipitated particles. . As used herein, the terms particle, and "particle" are those which are formed by the sinking method, and "particle" refers to the aggregation or aggregation of particles or the aggregation or agglomeration of a mixture of components, such as solids and granulation. "Particles" prepared by agglomerating a mixture of fluid powders. "Median precipitate size", "median aggregate particle size, and f' particle size distribution" as used herein are laser diffraction (LC) Measured by measurement. Unless otherwise indicated, the abbreviation used herein, legs " means nano 0 120556.doc -22- 200810821 Unless otherwise stated, the abbreviation "M" as used herein means The term "Reynolds number" is used as a customary definition of fluid dynamics, and is a dimensionless parameter as defined below:
Re=pUL~=UL/v 其中 P=流體密度 黏度係數 ν=運動黏度 特徵速度 特徵長度量級 如已知’雷謹數反映流體是否在層流或擾流之條件下流 動。一般而言,層流情況在小於約Re = 21〇〇之雷諾數下存 在。在約Re=2100之上,流動開始變得擾動,且在約 Re=l〇,〇〇〇上,流動變得紊亂。Re=pUL~=UL/v where P=fluid density viscosity coefficient ν=kinetic viscosity characteristic velocity characteristic length magnitude If known, the Thunder number reflects whether the fluid flows under laminar or turbulent conditions. In general, laminar flow conditions exist at Reynolds numbers less than about Re = 21 。. Above about Re = 2100, the flow begins to become disturbed, and at about Re = l〇, the flow becomes disordered.
當物質沉澱以提供用於含於藥劑中之活性醫藥成份 (API)時,必須緊密控制平均初始粒度及初始粒度範圍分 佈、原始粒子(沉澱粒子)之凝聚物之平均尺寸(弦長)及2 聚微粒物質之尺寸範圍分佈(此等術語如上文所定義)。: 需要緊密控制凝聚微粒物質之體積表面積及體積密度,及 包括在原始粒子及沉澱粒子兩者以及凝聚物微粒:“之 溶劑量。此等參數影響所產生之微粒物質之物理特性,例 如對於藥劑調配物而言重要之軟化點、體積密度及加工性 能。API之藥理學特性亦受影響,例如溶解速率、釋定性 120556.doc -23- 200810821 及生物利用度’且微粒在結束凝聚微粒狀物質中可經受之 額外加卫步驟中所用之參數亦受影響,例如微粒物質=沉 澱漿料離析所經受之乾燥時間及最高乾燥溫度。 如上所述,用於沉澱式B化合物之溶液/反=劑方法 使用具有溶於其中之高濃度U之溶液以最小化用於沉殿 化合物之反耗體積且最小化何时之式B之量。當使 用現有技術之分批結晶器來進行式B化合物之沉澱時:容 劑與反溶劑混合時的大濃度梯度產生具有大粒度範圍及不 合需要之大平均初始粒度及不合需要之大平均凝聚物微粒 尺寸之沉澱物質。此外,沉澱產物缺乏關於微粒平均尺寸 及内含溶劑量之批次間一致性。另外,對於以工業規模離 析及純化活性化合物而言,進行分批操作係*便且低效 的。 本發明之-態樣為-種用於藉由溶液/反溶劑技術來沉 殿非晶形化合物之方法,其中沉殺具有受控狹窄尺寸範圍 鲁(微米)及受控狹窄體積表面積範圍(m2/g)。本發明方法視 情況進-步包含藉由自沉澱方法中最初製備之聚料(初始 漿料)中餾出一些上清液以使得沉澱化合物經受受控凝 聚,從而提供具有狹窄尺寸範圍及狹窄體積表面積範圍之 顆粒物質。依次論述該方法之此等態樣中之每—者。 令人驚訝地,本發明提供一種一貫產生具有狹窄尺寸範 圍及狹窄弦長範圍之固體之沉澱方法。本發明方法包含^ 併反溶劑流與含有待沉澱化合物之溶液流,其中使該等流 以實質上90度之角度(相對於反溶劑流流動方向所量測)垂 120556.doc -24 - 200810821 直於反溶劑流與溶液流合併,且其中選擇用於提供反溶劑 流之條件以得到至少約9,000之雷諾數,且選擇用於提供 溶液流之條件以得到至少足以產生擾流之雷諾數(例如, Re-至約2,〇00)。較佳地,在經選擇以提供以等於至少約 ’ 00更佳至少約20,000之條件下供給反溶劑且在得到以 等於至少約5,500之雷諾數的條件下供給溶液。 因此,發明者驚奇地發現使用本發明之方法可提供式b ^合物之非晶形固體形式,其具有在約扇聰至約_ 犯2圍内之受控初始粒度而體積表面積為約25 至約π A。此外,當進行可選之後續凝聚步驟(如下所述)時, 發明者2驚奇地發現本發明之方法提供具有所要凝聚弦長、 約5 m2/g至約8 mVg之體積表面積及約⑶_至約㈣ g/ml之體積密度的微粒。 爹看圖1,根據本發 %又万凌猎由使用簡單裝置可連續 地進行式B化合物之沉澱,該簡單裝置具有包含混合三通 及視情況連接至三通道之出口端管⑺之靜態混 h(3)的混合室’其中反溶劑流經由反溶劑人口管線⑺ 在前頭⑹之方向上穿過直管道人σ(4),且包含式B化合物 之溶液流經由溶液入口瞢螅A並 線(8)在則碩(9)之方 枝管道⑺。在-實例中,三通管⑴為配備有1/2,,人^: ⑺、3/8"靜態混合器(3)及1/8,,溶液人口管線⑻之標物" 鋼製二通官。猎由以產生至少約5,5〇〇之 該裝置提供溶液流且藉由以達到至少 的連丰向 速率提供適量反溶劑來使 ’ <雷諾數的 用此裝置進行本發明之沉;殿方 120556.doc -25- 200810821 法。在一些使用具有該等相對尺寸之裝置的實施例中,較 佳建立條件提私:_吝 /、屋生所要雷諾數且將反溶劑體積與溶液 ^之體積比維持為約3:1反溶劑:溶液至約15:1反溶劑: /合液之机(例如’溶液流)。較佳地,供給混合三通管之反 溶劑與溶液之體積比為約4:1反溶劑:溶液之比率。發明 者已發現當以產生至少約5,5〇〇、較佳至少約1〇,〇〇〇之雷諾 數之速率向混合三通管提供溶液,且以產生至少約 9’000車乂佺至少約15,〇〇〇且較佳至少约2〇,〇〇〇之雷諾數之 速率向混合三通管提供反溶劑時,可使用所述簡單混合裝 置便利地達成此等所要體積比。在一些實施例中,較佳在 產生至少25,000之雷諾數之條件下供給反溶劑。 使用式B化合物,發明者已驚奇地發現當在上述條件下 於簡單裝置中合併溶液與反溶劑時,將在三通管中達成反 溶劑與溶液之充分快速之混合,以一貫地提供具有狹窄初 始粒度範圍之式B化合物之微粒非晶形固體從而促進顆粒 旋聚物之供應,該顆粒凝聚物具有適於用作藥劑供應中之 活性醫藥成份(API)之所要物理特性。 使用(例如)具有混合室之裝置,該混合室由具有3/8"標 稱外徑管道(配備有3/8”入口及出口管)及%"標稱外徑分枝 端管(配備有1/8"供給管)之垂直三通管配件所建構,藉由 經混合三通管管道供給約3300 ml/min至約4200 mi/min之 正庚烧反溶劑流速及經混合三通管分枝端管供給約3 8 〇 ml/min至約880 ml/min之溶液流速來實現所要流動條件, 其中溶液包含MTBE且具有溶於MTBE中之約80 mg/mi至約 120556.doc -26- 200810821 250 mg/ml之式B化合物。應瞭解,可藉由改變反溶劑與溶 液之供應速率來使用混合室之其他直徑及組態,從而達成 最小所要雷誤數且提供反溶劑與溶液之所要體積比。 用於本發明方法之適合混合室可便利地由標準市售9〇度 三通配件來提供,例如習知垂直三通配件、壓縮三通配件 及SwagelokTM三通配件。雖然不需要反溶劑與溶液流之間 呈嚴格90度關係,但較佳利用實質程度上不以任何平行流 組份向反溶劑流(自反溶劑參照系)供給式B化合物之溶液 之垂直配件。就具有賦予一些平行流特徵之入口之配件而 吕,應瞭解應作出調整以增加合併之反溶劑與溶液流之雷 諾數,提供更擾動之混合環境以補償組合之平行流組份。 因此(例如)若混合室具有γ型配件之組態,該配件具有 相隔小於120度之輸入端管(因此其與共用端管形成大於 120度之角度)’則可選擇導致輸入流雷諾數相伴增加之條 件利用該兩個狹窄角度端管以供溶液及反溶劑輸入,從而 抵消合併流之平行流組份。反之,若該三通管與共用端管 一起使用且將一狹窄角度端管用作入口端管且因此使流與 碰撞組份合併,則可利用改良合併流混合之流與碰撞組份 合併之程度使用導致輸入流之雷諾數相伴降低之條件選 擇。因此,具有端管組態而非三通管組態之配件可用於本 發明之方法中,同時合適地改變條件以提供具有賦予合併 流實質上平行流或碰撞組份之定向的組態必要之雷諾數。 可在混合室之出口端管上視情況利用例如購自When the substance is precipitated to provide an active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) for use in a medicament, it is necessary to closely control the average initial particle size and initial particle size range distribution, the average size (chord length) of the aggregate of the original particles (precipitated particles), and 2 The size range distribution of the polyparticulate material (the terms are as defined above). : The volumetric surface area and bulk density of the agglomerated particulate matter are closely controlled, and both the primary particles and the precipitated particles and the agglomerate particles are included: "The amount of solvent. These parameters affect the physical properties of the particulate matter produced, for example, for pharmaceutical agents. The softening point, bulk density and processing properties of the formulation are important. The pharmacological properties of the API are also affected, such as dissolution rate, release 120556.doc -23- 200810821 and bioavailability' and the particles are agglomerated at the end of the condensed particulate matter. The parameters used in the additional curing steps that can be experienced are also affected, such as particulate matter = drying time and maximum drying temperature experienced by precipitation of the precipitation slurry. As described above, the solution for the precipitation of the compound of formula B / anti-agent The method uses a solution having a high concentration of U dissolved therein to minimize the amount of depletion used for the sinking compound and to minimize the amount of formula B. When a batch of crystallizer of the prior art is used to carry out the compound of formula B When precipitating: The large concentration gradient when the mixture is mixed with the anti-solvent produces a large average particle size range and an undesirable large average initial particle size. Undesirable large average aggregate particle size precipitated material. In addition, the precipitated product lacks batch-to-batch consistency with respect to the average particle size and the amount of solvent contained. In addition, for the isolation and purification of active compounds on an industrial scale, The batch operation system is inefficient and inefficient. The present invention is a method for sinking an amorphous compound by solution/antisolvent technology, wherein the sinking has a controlled narrow size range of Lu (micron) And a controlled narrow volume surface area range (m2/g). The process of the invention optionally comprises distilling off some of the supernatant from the initially prepared flotation (initial slurry) to precipitate the precipitated compound Controlled agglomeration to provide a particulate material having a narrow size range and a narrow volumetric surface area range. Each of the aspects of the method is discussed in turn. Surprisingly, the present invention provides a consistently narrow range of sizes and a method of precipitating a solid having a narrow chord length. The method of the present invention comprises an antisolvent stream and a solution stream containing a compound to be precipitated, wherein The streams are at a substantially 90 degree angle (measured relative to the flow direction of the antisolvent stream) 120556.doc -24 - 200810821 directly combined with the antisolvent stream and the solution stream, and selected for providing an antisolvent stream Conditions are such that a Reynolds number of at least about 9,000 is obtained, and conditions for providing a solution stream are selected to obtain a Reynolds number (eg, Re- to about 2, 〇00) that is at least sufficient to generate a turbulence. Preferably, Providing an anti-solvent at a rate equal to at least about '00, preferably at least about 20,000, and supplying the solution at a Reynolds number equal to at least about 5,500. Thus, the inventors have surprisingly discovered that the method of the present invention can be used to provide An amorphous solid form of the b compound having a controlled initial particle size in the range from about 2 to about 2 and a volume surface area of from about 25 to about π A. Furthermore, when performing an optional subsequent coacervation step (described below), the inventors 2 surprisingly found that the method of the present invention provides a volumetric surface area having a desired chord length, from about 5 m2/g to about 8 mVg, and about (3) _ Particles having a bulk density of about (four) g/ml. Referring to Figure 1, the precipitation of the compound of formula B can be carried out continuously using a simple device according to the present invention. The simple device has a static mixing comprising a mixing tee and optionally an outlet end tube (7) connected to the three channels. The mixing chamber of h(3) where the anti-solvent stream passes through the straight conduit person σ(4) in the direction of the head (6) via the anti-solvent population line (7), and the solution stream containing the compound of formula B is lined up via the solution inlet 瞢螅A (8) In the branch of the Shuo (9) (7). In the example, the tee (1) is equipped with 1/2, the person ^: (7), 3/8 " static mixer (3) and 1/8, the standard of the population line (8) " steel two Official. Hunting provides a solution stream by means of a device that produces at least about 5,5 Torr and provides an appropriate amount of anti-solvent to achieve at least a continuous abundance rate to cause the <Reynolds number to be used in the present invention; 120556.doc -25- 200810821 Law. In some embodiments in which devices having such relative dimensions are used, it is preferred to establish conditions for the private use: _吝/, the desired Reynolds number of the house and the volume ratio of the antisolvent volume to the solution is maintained at about 3:1 antisolvent. : solution to about 15:1 anti-solvent: / combined machine (eg 'solution flow'). Preferably, the volume ratio of the anti-solvent to the solution supplied to the mixing tee is about 4:1 anti-solvent: solution ratio. The inventors have discovered that providing a solution to the mixing tee at a rate that produces a Reynolds number of at least about 5,5 Torr, preferably at least about 1 Torr, and producing at least about 9'000 ruts at least Preferably, the desired volume ratio can be conveniently achieved using the simple mixing device at a rate of about 15, preferably at least about 2, when the rate of Reynolds number of the crucible is provided to the mixing tee. In some embodiments, the anti-solvent is preferably supplied under conditions that produce a Reynolds number of at least 25,000. Using the compound of formula B, the inventors have surprisingly found that when the solution and the anti-solvent are combined in a simple apparatus under the above conditions, a sufficiently rapid mixing of the anti-solvent and the solution is achieved in the tee to consistently provide a narrow The particulate amorphous solid of the compound of formula B in the initial particle size range facilitates the supply of a particulate condensate having desirable physical properties suitable for use as an active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) in the supply of a medicament. Use, for example, a device with a mixing chamber consisting of a 3/8"nominal outer diameter pipe (equipped with a 3/8" inlet and outlet pipe) and a %"nominal outer diameter branch end pipe (equipped A vertical tee fitting with a 1/8"supply tube is constructed by supplying an anti-solvent flow rate of about 3300 ml/min to about 4200 mi/min through a mixed tee pipe and a mixed tee The branch end tube supplies a solution flow rate of from about 38 〇ml/min to about 880 ml/min to achieve the desired flow conditions, wherein the solution comprises MTBE and has from about 80 mg/mi to about 120556.doc -26 dissolved in MTBE. - 200810821 250 mg/ml of compound B. It should be understood that other diameters and configurations of the mixing chamber can be used by varying the supply rate of the anti-solvent and solution to achieve the minimum required number of errors and provide anti-solvent and solution. The desired volume ratio. Suitable mixing chambers for use in the method of the present invention are conveniently provided by standard commercially available 9-inch tee fittings, such as conventional vertical tee fittings, compression tee fittings, and SwagelokTM tee fittings. The anti-solvent and solution flow are strictly 90 degrees off , but preferably utilizes a vertical fitting that does not substantially supply any of the parallel flow components to the antisolvent stream (from the anti-solvent reference system) to the solution of the compound of formula B. It has an accessory that imparts access to some of the parallel flow characteristics. It should be understood that adjustments should be made to increase the Reynolds number of the combined anti-solvent and solution streams to provide a more disturbing mixing environment to compensate for the combined parallel flow components. Thus, for example, if the mixing chamber has a configuration of a gamma-type fitting, the fitting The input tube having less than 120 degrees apart (so that it forms an angle greater than 120 degrees with the common end tube) can be selected to cause an increase in the Reynolds number of the input stream. The two narrow-angle end tubes are used for solution and anti-solvent. Input, thereby canceling the parallel flow component of the combined flow. Conversely, if the tee is used with a common end pipe and a narrow angle end pipe is used as the inlet end pipe and thus the flow is merged with the collision component, an improvement can be utilized The degree to which the combined stream is merged with the collision component is selected using conditions that result in a reduced Reynolds number of the input stream. Therefore, there is a configuration of the end tube. A fitting of the tee configuration can be used in the method of the present invention while suitably changing the conditions to provide the Reynolds number necessary to configure the orientation of the substantially parallel flow or collision component of the combined stream. Use on the end tube as appropriate, for example
Corporation(Cary,IL)之 1-TU-3L-12-1型靜態混合器之習知 120556.doc 27- 200810821 靜態混合器以在合併流之後對藉由增加溶液與反溶劑的混 合時間及強度所產生微粒之物理特性提供另外控制。 視待沉澱化合物而定可使用不同溶劑與反溶劑組合。對 於式B化合物而言,反溶劑較佳係選自由具有約5個碳原子 至約12個碳原子,較佳約5個碳原子至約8個碳原子之直鏈 或分枝鏈烴組成之群,更佳為具有約5至約8個碳原子之直 鏈烴,更佳為正庚烷。對於式B化合物而言,用於提供式 B化合物之溶液之溶劑較佳係選自丙酮、甲基第三丁基醚 (MTBE)及乙酸乙g旨與MTBE之混合物,該溶劑更佳為 MTBE。當選擇丙酮作為溶劑時,較佳使用水作為反、、容 劑。當選擇MTBE或MTBE與乙酸乙酯之混合物作為溶劑 時’較佳使用正庚烷作為反溶劑。在根據本發明方法沉殿 式B化合物時,較佳使用MTBE作為溶劑且使用正庚烷作 為反溶劑。 在一些實施例中,當不需要進行自所收集之最初形成之 漿料(本文所述)餾出上清液之後續可選步驟時,較佳在合 併流且形成沉澱之前嚴格乾燥溶液及反溶劑,藉此實質上 除去來自最初形成漿料之水^可使用之乾燥方法之實例包 括:由吸水介質過濾(例如,CUNO過濾)、蒸錦法及使溶 液或反溶劑與乾燥劑接觸(例如,分子篩)。Convention of the 1-TU-3L-12-1 static mixer of the Corporation (Cary, IL) 120556.doc 27- 200810821 Static mixer to increase the mixing time and strength of the solution and the anti-solvent after the combined flow The physical properties of the resulting particles provide additional control. Different solvents may be used in combination with the anti-solvent depending on the compound to be precipitated. For compounds of formula B, the antisolvent is preferably selected from the group consisting of linear or branched chain hydrocarbons having from about 5 carbon atoms to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from about 5 carbon atoms to about 8 carbon atoms. The group, more preferably a linear hydrocarbon having from about 5 to about 8 carbon atoms, more preferably n-heptane. For the compound of formula B, the solvent used to provide the solution of the compound of formula B is preferably selected from the group consisting of acetone, methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) and a mixture of ethyl acetate and MTBE, preferably more preferably MTBE. . When acetone is selected as the solvent, it is preferred to use water as a counter and a solvent. When MTBE or a mixture of MTBE and ethyl acetate is selected as the solvent, it is preferred to use n-heptane as the anti-solvent. In the case of the compound of the formula B according to the method of the present invention, MTBE is preferably used as a solvent and n-heptane is used as an anti-solvent. In some embodiments, when it is not necessary to carry out subsequent optional steps of distilling the supernatant from the initially formed slurry (described herein), it is preferred to strictly dry the solution and react before combining the streams and forming a precipitate. Examples of the solvent, whereby substantially removing the water from the initial formation of the slurry, can be used by filtration (eg, CUNO filtration), steaming, and contacting the solution or anti-solvent with a desiccant (eg, , molecular sieve).
較佳以待沉澱化合物之高濃度溶液進行本發明之沉殿方 法。在一些實施例中,式B化合物之溶液較佳含有每毫升 溶液約80 g式B化合物(0.15 M)至每毫升溶液約乃❻mg^B 化合物(0·48 Μ)。在一些實施例中,較佳使用每毫升溶液 120556.doc -28 - 200810821 包含約166 mg式B化合物之溶液(0.32 Μ)。在一些實施例 中,較佳利用此等濃度以使得溶液維持在約-20°C至約 +25T:之溫度下,較佳維持於約-l〇°C至約+20t:之溫度下且 更佳使溶液維持於〇°C下。在本發明之沉澱方法之一些實 施例中,當待沉殿之化合物為式B化合物時,較佳使反溶 劑與式B化合物之溶液維持在約-25°C至約+25°C,較佳為 約-25°C至+20°C之溫度下。在一些實施例中,較佳使用每 毫升溶液包含約166 mg式B化合物之溶液(0.32 M)且使溶 液維持在約0°C之溫度下。 本發明沉澱方法可在一包括熱受控供給管線、混合室 (例如,冷卻管線-示蹤混合三通管)及管道之裝置内進行以 維持任何所要溫度。在一些實施例中,較佳使供給管線及 混合室維持在環境溫度下,通常為約25°C,且以已維持在 所要溫度下之反溶劑與式B化合物之溶液供給混合室,使 得在流合併時所產生之漿料在穿過系統時溫至環境溫度。 在沉澱方法之一些實施例中,較佳使溶液與反溶劑之供給 維持在約-25°C至約+20°C之溫度下。在沉澱方法之一些實 施例中,較佳使式B化合物之溶液的供給維持在約-10°C至 約20°C之溫度下。 在一些實施例中,較佳追蹤用於式B化合物之溶液之供 給管道直至具有冷卻管線的混合室,且藉此使進入混合室 之溶液維持在約o°c之溫度下。在一些實施例中,較佳追 蹤反溶劑供給管道直至具有冷卻管線之混合室,以使得反 溶劑供給維持在約-20°c之温度下。當式B化合物之溶液在 120556.doc -29- 200810821 〇°C下供給混合室且反溶劑在-20°C下供給混合室時,通常 發現所產生之漿料具有約_ 15 °c之溫度。 用於沉澱式B化合物之本發明方法可用作連續沉殿方法 之部分。例如參看圖2,如圖2中示意性展示,混合三通管 (1)之入口管道端管可自儲存槽(2)供給,可經由止回閥(6) 自儲存槽(3)將式B化合物之溶液供給混合三通管(1)之反溶Preferably, the method of sinking the present invention is carried out with a high concentration solution of the compound to be precipitated. In some embodiments, the solution of the compound of formula B preferably contains from about 80 g of the compound of formula B (0.15 M) per ml of solution to about mM mg^B of compound per ml of solution (0·48 Μ). In some embodiments, it is preferred to use a solution of about 166 mg of the compound of formula B (0.32 Torr) per milliliter of solution 120556.doc -28 - 200810821. In some embodiments, such concentrations are preferably utilized to maintain the solution at a temperature of from about -20 ° C to about +25 T:, preferably at a temperature of from about -10 ° C to about +20 t: and More preferably, the solution is maintained at 〇 ° C. In some embodiments of the precipitation method of the present invention, when the compound to be precipitated is a compound of formula B, it is preferred to maintain the solution of the antisolvent and the compound of formula B at about -25 ° C to about +25 ° C. It is preferably at a temperature of about -25 ° C to +20 ° C. In some embodiments, it is preferred to use a solution (0.32 M) of about 166 mg of the compound of formula B per ml of solution and maintain the solution at a temperature of about 0 °C. The precipitation process of the present invention can be carried out in a unit comprising a thermally controlled supply line, a mixing chamber (e.g., a cooling line-trace mixing tee) and piping to maintain any desired temperature. In some embodiments, it is preferred to maintain the supply line and mixing chamber at ambient temperature, typically about 25 ° C, and supply the mixing chamber with a solution of the anti-solvent and compound of formula B that has been maintained at the desired temperature such that The slurry produced during the stream combination is warmed to ambient temperature as it passes through the system. In some embodiments of the precipitation process, it is preferred to maintain the supply of the solution and the anti-solvent at a temperature of from about -25 ° C to about + 20 ° C. In some embodiments of the precipitation process, it is preferred to maintain the supply of the solution of the compound of formula B at a temperature of from about -10 ° C to about 20 ° C. In some embodiments, it is preferred to track the supply conduit for the solution of the compound of formula B up to the mixing chamber with the cooling line and thereby maintain the solution entering the mixing chamber at a temperature of about o °C. In some embodiments, it is preferred to track the anti-solvent supply line up to the mixing chamber with the cooling line so that the anti-solvent supply is maintained at a temperature of about -20 °C. When the solution of the compound of formula B is supplied to the mixing chamber at 120556.doc -29-200810821 ° C and the anti-solvent is supplied to the mixing chamber at -20 ° C, it is generally found that the resulting slurry has a temperature of about -15 ° C. . The process of the invention for precipitating a compound of formula B can be used as part of a continuous sinking process. For example, referring to Fig. 2, as schematically shown in Fig. 2, the inlet pipe end pipe of the mixing tee (1) can be supplied from the storage tank (2), and can be fed from the storage tank (3) via the check valve (6). The solution of the B compound is supplied to the mixed tee (1)
劑及分枝端管入口。所合併之溶液及反溶劑(其在化合 物沉澱時產生漿料)可自混合三通管(1)出口,視情況經由 靜態混合器⑺,傳導至儲料槽(8)。因此化合物可以此方 法連續沉澱於混合三通管内。進一步參看圖2,若混合三 通管中形成之漿料經由具有導向至若干儲料槽⑻中之一個 的出口之導管傳導’當各槽達到容量時所收集之漿料可經 進-少加卫,同時在將混合三通管之出口導向新儲料槽之 狀況下混合三通管中之沉殿方法繼續進行。或者,混合三 通管之出口及可選靜態混合器直 、 斋』1接傳導至用於自液體分 離 >儿殿之儀器’例如直空過清禮 、, 八過/慮儀益、離心機或用於傾析合 併之溶劑及反溶劑之沉降槽。 …洛劑之健存槽⑺及式B化合物溶液之 儲存槽⑺來供給混合儀器時,經由混合三通管之反二2 ㈣之流量可由任㈣件受控’例如選自(例如)節1 針形閥、計量泵、流量計及f量流量控制器 =、 應瞭解亦可使用其他調節液體流量之構件/如:⑷。 述’麼力計(5)及其他過程監_器可安裝於h中圖2中所 點以便幫助控制該過程。 .....中之不同 120556.doc -30 - 200810821 如上所述且如圖2中所指出,在現有發展之方法之一些 實施例中,將混合三通管中所產生之漿料引導至裝備有攪 拌器(10)之儲料槽(8)中。在收集一定量漿料之後,視情況 在部分真空下將所收集漿料之一些上清液自槽中顧出,藉 此濃縮漿料且使沉澱粒子凝聚以提供所要體積表面積及體 積密度之凝聚微粒。凝聚期間,使高體積表面積沉澱粒子 凝來以產生具有降低之體積表面積(較佳為約5 m2/g至約 8 m2/g之表面積)之顆粒物質,且相應地將凝聚之微粒物質 的體積密度自沉澱粒子物質之約〇·25 g/ml至約〇·35 “…範 圍内之體積密度改變至凝聚微粒物質之約〇15 g/ml至約 〇·2 g/mi的體積密度。如本文中所述,蒸餾期間體積表面 積之變化可由PSD量測探針(9)來監測。 使用可選瘵餾步驟之另一益處為降低沉澱粒子及凝聚微 粒中保留之揮發性組份之量。可保留於沉澱物質中之揮發 性組份之實例包括MTBE、乙酸及水,各揮發性組份之存 在由沉澱方法之前或期間製備及處理式B化合物所產生。 可選蒸餾步驟之額外優點包括減少必須處理以便自漿料中 分離經沉澱微粒之液體體積,且減少剩餘在漿料上清液中 之式B化合物之量。在可選蒸餾步驟期間,必須小心控制 蒸餾之温度及壓力以維持經離析固體產物中之凝聚微粒弦 長之狹窄分佈。 不希望文理淪束缚,咸信減少剩餘在沉澱固體中之揮發 性組份(例如MTBE、水及MTBE與水之混合物)之量將提高 固體之軟化點,且因此降低達到,,膠黏"稠度之沉澱固體之 120556.doc -31 · 200810821 可能性’同時允許所收集沉澱之較高乾燥溫度。參看圖 3可見漿料中MTBE之百分比降低,而漿料中微粒之軟化 溫度升高。類似關係存在於經沉澱物質之軟化溫度與漿料 中所存在之水量之間。發明者亦發現與單獨之水或mtbe 相比較,合併水與mtbe具有降低沉澱物質之軟化點之協 同效應。因此’當使用mtbe作為本發明之沉殿方法中之 溶劑時,希望將水移除至可能之最低量。 鲁 在(例如)藉由機械攪拌器攪拌漿料時進行可選之真空蒸 餾步驟。較佳在低於漿料中沉澱固體之軟化點之溫度下, 以所收集漿料之上清液來進行蒸餾步驟。在一些實施例 中較L使上〉月液之溫度維持在約2 5 °C下,直至已顧出至 >、1 〇體積%之所收集上清液。在一些實施例中,使所收集 漿料之溫度維持在约20°C或20。(:以下直至已餾出至少約2 體積%所收集漿料,且接著隨著每餾出另外2體積%之最初 收集漿料,以rc之增量將其自2(rc加熱至26〇c。在一些實 φ 施例中,在餾出13體積%之最初收集漿料之後,使溫度維 持在32°C或32°C以下直至漿料體積變成約最初收集漿料之 三分之-體積。在-些實施例中,較佳使上清液自浆料鶴 出直至存在於漿料之剩餘上清液中之水量為約〇 〇〇3重量% 或0.003重量%以下。在—些實施财,繼續蒸餾直至存在 於漿料上清液中之MTBE量小於約〇·2重量%,較佳為约 〇·12重量%至約〇·2重量%。在—些實施例中,較佳使濃縮 聚料之體積減少至約三分之一最初收集之漿料體積。 應瞭解,當存在於溶液中之揮發性組份之類型及量不同 120556.doc -32- 200810821 於上述最初收隼嶠粗 杲水科中之揮發性組份的類型及 及凝聚步驟將需㈣料述_ ^ = 料且測U料樣本 料。❹取樣批 A ^ 软化溫度,接著在各階段&擗 免軟r装料中㈣之適合溫度下進倾料之蒸 “㈣及Μ且維持滿意速率及凝聚 圍來調節所施加之真空,可選擇凝 斤 溫度/壓力。 疋批-人/儿澱所需之 «解’藉由在進行本發明之沉殿方法前自溶液中除去 組份(尤其為水)’在沉殿步驟中利用低反溶劑:溶 二…可進行沉殿方法,例如在此等條件下可使用^反 ㈣J.溶液、較佳為3:1反溶劑:溶液之比率。當以實質 士不含水之溶液使用該等比率時’預期可調節沉:方:二 提供具有所要粒度及體積表面積之沉殿,同時維持 由本發明之沉澱方法所提供之狹窄粒度分佈。 自上述論述吾人應瞭解本發明之方法可用於其他混人 受控沉澱方法’以產生具有狹窄及受控粒度、弦長、體積 表面積及體積密度之經沉澱微粒物質。其他化合物之實例 包括晶體或非晶形之式Α化合物及結構式1至又又、111之化合 物。 ^ 接著將描述由本發明所提供之經沉澱微粒狀物質所製備 的醫藥調配物。 ^ 醫藥調配物 在本發明之—些實施例中,將上述經沉殿物質併入調配 物中以供用作治療HCV感染中之藥劑,經沉澱物質中較佳 120556.doc -33- 200810821 包3式B化合物。在一些實施例中,較佳自式^化合物之 沉澱形式製備藥劑,該沉澱形式具有小於約1()微米之初 始粒度、較佳為約200 nm至約3〇() nm之初始粒度、約丨微 米至約2.5微米、較佳為約15微米之中值沉殿粒度(原始粒 子之聚木)、約1微米至約5〇微米之沉澱粒度分佈及小於約 1重里%之内含溶劑含量。在一些實施例中,較佳在醫藥 凋配物中使用包含式B化合物之經凝聚微粒(沉澱微粒之凝 φ 聚),該微粒具有約5 m2/g至約12 m2/g之體積表面積範 圍如下文所述,更佳為具有約7 m2/g之中值體積表面積 及約0.15 g/ml至約〇·19 g/ml之體積密度的經凝聚微粒,例 如藉由使含有沉澱粒子(具有約16 m2/g至約33 m2/g,較佳 為、力25 m /g至約32.5 m2/g之體積表面積)之初始沉澱漿料 在低於初始沉澱固體軟化點之溫度下經受冷凝步驟所製備 之凝聚微粒。在一些實施例中,較佳以適用作膠囊填充物 之顆粒形式來製備醫藥調配物,以提供包含式B化合物之 φ 凝聚微粒物質。在一些實施例中,調配物包含如下顆粒, 該顆粒包含多達58重量%之式B化合物(API)、多達6重量〇/〇 之微晶纖維素、多達18重量%之預膠凝化澱粉、多達4重 量0/〇之交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉、多達16重量❽/〇之乳糖單水合 物及多達6重量%之月桂基硫酸鈉。在一些實施例中,顆 粒較佳具有約0.4 g/ml至約〇·6 g/ml之體積密度,更佳為約 0.468 g/ml之體積密度。 如本文中所使用之短語”API之重量,,係指含於供應API之 物質中之活性醫藥成份(以重量計)之量。因此,若物質包 120556.doc -34- 200810821 含80%活性醫藥成份,則必須使用1〇〇公克該物質以提供 80公克之API。因此,調配物中所用之八^重量係指用以向 組合物提供API之物質質量中所存在之1〇〇% Αρι理論重 量,且提供彼重量API之物質的實際重量相應調整。 在一些實施例中,較佳使用包含以下步驟之方法將等分 忒樣之由本發明提供之沉澱微粒物質併入適於供應醫藥調 配物之顆粒中: (a)藉由摻合足以提供多達58重量%,較佳為55·6重量%之 顆粒的根據本發明方法所製備之量的沉澱微粒物質 (API)、足以提供多達6〇重量%,較佳為5·6重量%顆粒 之量的微晶纖維素、足以提供多達18重量%,較佳為 16.6重里%顆粒之量的預膠凝化澱粉、足以提供多達4 重量%,較佳為3·3重量%顆粒之量的交聯羧甲基纖維 素鈉及足以提供多達16重量%,較佳為156重量%顆粒 之量的乳糖單水合物來提供乾式摻合混合物; 鲁(b)使用包含足以提供多達“重量%,較佳為3·3重量%顆 粒之量的月桂基硫酸鈉(SLS)之粒化流體將來自步驟 ’’a”之乾式摻合混合物粒化,該月桂基硫酸鈉係溶解於 等於約12倍至約13倍所用SLS重量之重量的水中; (〇濕磨來自步驟”b"之顆粒以提供均勻顆粒尺寸; ⑷乾燥步驟(b)中所製備之濕顆粒直至顆粒顯示乾燥失重 (LOD)小於2·5重量❶/◦,較佳為約15重量%至約^重量 % ;且 $ (e)經由篩來研磨經乾燥之第一顆粒以提供分級顆粒。 120556.doc -35- 200810821 在一些實施例中,較佳使用低剪切或高剪切混合器以乾 式摻合步驟"a”中之物質,較佳使用高剪切混合器/粒化 機,其亦便利地用於後續步驟"b”中從而使乾式摻合混合 物粒化。在一些實施例中,較佳在裝備有具有0.375吋孔 之篩之濕磨機中濕磨來自步驟"b,,之顆粒。在一些實施例 中,較佳在選自箱及流化床乾燥器之裝置中乾燥濕顆粒, 更佺使用机化床乾餘器。在一些實施例中,較佳使用裝備 φ 有具有〇·040吋孔之篩的乾磨機來進行乾磨步驟"e"。應瞭 T可使用其他技術來製備該顆粒,包括使用低或高勢切推 口器/粒化機设備且將手動或自動篩分設備用於濕磨及乾 磨'兩者。 在一些實施例中,較佳使如上製備之分級顆粒併入包含 顆粒外父聯缓甲基纖維素納、顆粒外微晶纖維素及顆粒外 硬脂酸鎂之醫藥組合物中。在一些實施例中,醫藥組合物 較佳為5〇重量% API(顆粒内)、14重量%乳糖單水合物(顆. # 粒内)、5重s %顆粒内微晶纖維素、5重量。/。顆粒外微晶纖 維素、3重量%顆粒内交聯羧曱基纖維素鈉、3重量。〆〇顆粒 外父聯缓甲基纖維素納、15重量%預膠凝化殺粉(顆粒 内)、3重月桂基硫酸鈉(顆粒内)及$重量。/〇硬脂酸鎂(顆 粒外)。 在一些實施例中,藉由使含有API之顆粒與賦形劑進一 =摻^以提供自其製造劑型之顆粒醫藥調配物產物,從而 製備含有分級顆粒之顆粒狀醫藥調配物。在一些實施例 中,此舉糟由利用上述方法以使用進一步包含以下步驟之 120556.doc •36- 200810821 步驟製備顆粒來完成: ⑷:來自上述粒化方法之步驟"e,,之分級顆粒與其量等於 子在:該刀級顆粒中之微晶纖維素之量的微晶纖維素 及其量等於存在於該分級顆粒中之交聯缓〒基纖維素 納之重量的交聯幾甲基纖維素納乾式推合以提供均質 顆粒粉末;且 、Agent and branch end tube inlet. The combined solution and anti-solvent (which produces a slurry upon precipitation of the compound) can be conducted from the outlet of the mixing tee (1), optionally via a static mixer (7), to the sump (8). Therefore, the compound can be continuously precipitated in the mixing tee by this method. Referring further to Figure 2, if the slurry formed in the mixing tee is conducted via a conduit having an outlet directed to one of the plurality of hoppers (8), the slurry collected as each tank reaches capacity can be fed-in and less At the same time, the method of mixing the sink in the tee is continued while the outlet of the mixing tee is directed to the new storage tank. Alternatively, the outlet of the mixing tee and the optional static mixer can be connected to the instrument for separation from liquids, such as straight-air clearing, eight-pass/yiyiyi, centrifugation. Machine or sedimentation tank for decanting the combined solvent and anti-solvent. When the storage tank (7) of the agent and the storage tank (7) of the compound solution of the formula B are supplied to the mixing apparatus, the flow rate of the reverse two (4) via the mixing tee can be controlled by any (four) pieces, for example, selected from, for example, section 1 Needle valves, metering pumps, flow meters and f-flow controllers =, it should be understood that other components that regulate the flow of liquids can be used / such as: (4). The </ br> (5) and other process monitors can be installed in the points in Figure 2 of h to help control the process. The difference between ..... 120556.doc -30 - 200810821 As described above and as indicated in Figure 2, in some embodiments of the prior developed method, the slurry produced in the mixing tee is directed to It is equipped with a hopper (8) in the agitator (10). After collecting a certain amount of slurry, some of the supernatant of the collected slurry is taken out from the tank under partial vacuum as appropriate, thereby concentrating the slurry and agglomerating the precipitated particles to provide agglomeration of the desired volume surface area and bulk density. particle. During the agglomeration, the high volume surface area precipitated particles are condensed to produce a particulate material having a reduced volume surface area (preferably a surface area of from about 5 m2/g to about 8 m2/g), and correspondingly the volume of the agglomerated particulate matter The density varies from about 25·25 g/ml to about 〇·35 in the range of the precipitated particulate matter to a volume density of about 15 g/ml to about 2 g/mi of the agglomerated particulate matter. As described herein, the change in volume surface area during distillation can be monitored by the PSD measurement probe (9). Another benefit of using the optional retort step is to reduce the amount of volatile components retained in the precipitated particles and agglomerated particles. Examples of volatile components which may be retained in the precipitated material include MTBE, acetic acid and water, the presence of each volatile component being produced by the preparation and treatment of a compound of formula B before or during the precipitation process. Additional advantages of the optional distillation step include The amount of liquid that must be treated to separate the precipitated particles from the slurry and reduce the amount of compound of formula B remaining in the slurry supernatant. The distillation must be carefully controlled during the optional distillation step. Temperature and pressure to maintain a narrow distribution of the chord length of the agglomerated particles in the isolated solid product. It is not desirable to limit the volatile components remaining in the precipitated solid (eg MTBE, water and a mixture of MTBE and water). The amount will increase the softening point of the solid, and thus reduce the reach, the viscosity of the precipitated solid 120556.doc -31 · 200810821 possibility 'at the same time allows the higher drying temperature of the collected precipitate. See Figure 3 to see the pulp The percentage of MTBE in the feed decreases, while the softening temperature of the fines in the slurry increases. A similar relationship exists between the softening temperature of the precipitated material and the amount of water present in the slurry. The inventors also found that it is associated with water or mtbe alone. In comparison, the combined water and mtbe have a synergistic effect of lowering the softening point of the precipitated material. Therefore, when mtbe is used as the solvent in the sinking method of the present invention, it is desirable to remove the water to the lowest possible amount. An optional vacuum distillation step is carried out while stirring the slurry by a mechanical agitator, preferably at a temperature below the softening point of the precipitated solid in the slurry. The supernatant is collected on the slurry to carry out the distillation step. In some embodiments, the temperature of the upper liquid is maintained at about 25 ° C until L has been taken up to > 1% by volume. The supernatant. In some embodiments, the temperature of the collected slurry is maintained at about 20 ° C or 20. (: below until at least about 2 vol% of the collected slurry has been distilled, and then with each distillation An additional 2% by volume of the initially collected slurry was heated from 2 (rc to 26 〇c in increments of rc. In some real φ examples, after 13% by volume of the initial collection of the slurry was distilled, the temperature was allowed to proceed. Maintained below 32 ° C or below 32 ° C until the slurry volume becomes about one third of the volume of the initial collection slurry. In some embodiments, it is preferred to leave the supernatant from the slurry until it is present in the slurry The amount of water in the remaining supernatant is about 3% by weight or less by 0.003% by weight. In some implementations, the distillation is continued until the amount of MTBE present in the slurry supernatant is less than about 0.2% by weight, preferably from about 12% by weight to about 0.2% by weight. In some embodiments, the volume of concentrated concentrate is preferably reduced to about one-third of the initially collected slurry volume. It should be understood that when the type and amount of volatile components present in the solution are different 120556.doc -32- 200810821 The type of the volatile components in the above-mentioned initial collection of crude water and the agglomeration step will be required (4) Describe the _ ^ = material and measure the U sample material. ❹Sampling batch A ^ softening temperature, then in the various stages & softening r charge (4) at the appropriate temperature into the steaming "(4) and Μ and maintain a satisfactory rate and cohesion to adjust the applied vacuum, Select the temperature/pressure of the condensate. The 解 batch-human/child's required solution is to remove the component (especially water) from the solution before performing the sinking method of the present invention. Anti-solvent: dissolve two... can be used for the sinking method, for example, under these conditions, the ratio of the (4) J. solution, preferably the 3:1 anti-solvent: solution can be used. Ratios are expected to be adjustable: square: two provides a sink with the desired particle size and volume surface area while maintaining the narrow particle size distribution provided by the precipitation method of the present invention. From the above discussion, we should understand that the method of the present invention can be applied to other blends. The human controlled precipitation method 'produces precipitated particulate matter having a narrow and controlled particle size, chord length, surface area and bulk density. Examples of other compounds include crystalline or amorphous compounds and structural formula 1 To a further compound of 111. ^ Next, a pharmaceutical formulation prepared from the precipitated particulate material provided by the present invention will be described. ^Pharmaceutical Formulations In some embodiments of the present invention, Into the formulation for use as a medicament for the treatment of HCV infection, preferably a compound of formula B 556.doc-33-200810821, in the form of a precipitated material. In some embodiments, it is preferred to prepare a medicament from the precipitated form of the compound. The precipitated form has an initial particle size of less than about 1 (μm), preferably an initial particle size of from about 200 nm to about 3 Å () nm, a value of from about 丨 microns to about 2.5 microns, preferably about 15 microns. a particle size (a cluster of primary particles), a precipitate particle size distribution of from about 1 micron to about 5 microns, and an internal solvent content of less than about 1% by weight. In some embodiments, preferably used in a pharmaceutical decoy. Agglomerated particles of the compound of formula B (condensed particles of precipitated particles) having a volumetric surface area ranging from about 5 m2/g to about 12 m2/g as described below, more preferably having a basis of about 7 m2/g Value volume surface area and about 0.15 g/ml to The agglomerated particles having a bulk density of 19 g/ml, for example, by containing precipitated particles (having from about 16 m2/g to about 33 m2/g, preferably from 25 m/g to about 32.5 m2/g) The initial precipitated slurry of the volumetric surface area is subjected to agglomerated particles prepared by the condensation step at a temperature below the softening point of the initial precipitated solid. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is preferably prepared in the form of particles suitable for use as a capsule filler. To provide a φ agglomerated particulate material comprising a compound of formula B. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises particles comprising up to 58% by weight of a compound of formula B (API), up to 6 weight 〇/〇 Microcrystalline cellulose, up to 18% by weight of pregelatinized starch, up to 4% by weight of croscarmellose sodium, up to 16% by weight of lanthanum/Lactose lactose monohydrate and up to 6 % by weight of sodium lauryl sulfate. In some embodiments, the particles preferably have a bulk density of from about 0.4 g/ml to about 66 g/ml, more preferably a bulk density of about 0.468 g/ml. The phrase "weight of API" as used herein refers to the amount of active pharmaceutical ingredient (by weight) contained in a substance supplied to the API. Therefore, if the substance package 120556.doc -34- 200810821 contains 80% For active pharmaceutical ingredients, one gram of the substance must be used to provide 80 grams of API. Therefore, the weight used in the formulation refers to 1% of the mass of the substance used to provide the API to the composition. The theoretical weight of the material is adjusted accordingly, and the actual weight of the substance providing the weight of the API is adjusted accordingly. In some embodiments, it is preferred to incorporate the precipitated particulate material provided by the present invention into a medicine suitable for supplying medicine by a method comprising the following steps. In the granules of the formulation: (a) sufficient amount to provide a precipitated particulate material (API) prepared by the process according to the invention by blending particles sufficient to provide up to 58% by weight, preferably 55.6 % by weight of particles Up to 6% by weight, preferably 5.6 % by weight of the amount of microcrystalline cellulose, sufficient to provide up to 18% by weight, preferably 16.6% by weight of the amount of pregelatinized starch, sufficient to provide Up to 4% by weight Preferably, 3% by weight of granules of croscarmellose sodium and lactose monohydrate in an amount sufficient to provide up to 16% by weight, preferably 156% by weight of the granules, to provide a dry blended mixture; Lu (b) dry blended mixture from step ''a') using a granulating fluid comprising sodium laurate (SLS) in an amount sufficient to provide up to "% by weight, preferably 3% by weight of particles" The sodium lauryl sulfate is dissolved in water equal to about 12 times to about 13 times the weight of the SLS used; (the wet grinding is from the step "b" particles to provide a uniform particle size; (4) the drying step (b) The prepared wet granules until the granules exhibit a loss on drying (LOD) of less than 2·5 wt❶/◦, preferably from about 15% by weight to about 重量%; and $(e) is ground through the sieve to dry the dried first granules To provide graded granules. 120556.doc -35- 200810821 In some embodiments, it is preferred to use a low shear or high shear mixer to dry blend the material in the step "a", preferably using high shear mixing / granulator, which is also conveniently used in the next step "b" While the dry blending mixture is granulated, in some embodiments, the granules from step "b, are preferably wet milled in a wet mill equipped with a sieve having a 0.375 bore. In some embodiments, Preferably, the wet granules are dried in a device selected from the group consisting of a box and a fluidized bed dryer, and more preferably a mechanical bed dryer is used. In some embodiments, it is preferred to use a device equipped with a sieve having a 〇·040 bore. The mill is used for the dry grinding step "e". T can be used to prepare the granules using other techniques, including the use of low or high potential jaw/granulator equipment and the use of manual or automatic screening equipment. Wet and dry grinding 'both. In some embodiments, the graded granules prepared above are preferably incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition comprising granules of granules, extragranular microcrystalline cellulose, and extragranular magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is preferably 5% by weight of API (intragranular), 14% by weight of lactose monohydrate (in granules), 5% by weight of intragranular microcrystalline cellulose, and 5 parts by weight. . /. Extragranular microcrystalline cellulose, 3% by weight of intragranular crosslinked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, 3 parts by weight. 〆〇 granules The outer granules are delayed by methylcellulose, 15% by weight of pregelatinized powder (in granules), 3 parts of sodium lauryl sulfate (in granules) and the weight. /〇 Magnesium stearate (extragranular). In some embodiments, a particulate pharmaceutical formulation containing graded particles is prepared by subjecting the API-containing particles to excipients to provide a particulate pharmaceutical formulation product from which the dosage form is made. In some embodiments, this is accomplished by using the above method to prepare granules using the steps of 120556.doc • 36-200810821 further comprising the following steps: (4): Steps from the granulation method described above "e, a microcrystalline cellulose having an amount equal to the amount of microcrystalline cellulose in the scaly particles and an amount equal to the cross-linked methine of the weight of the crosslinked retort cellulose present in the classified granule Cellulose nano dry push to provide a homogeneous particle powder;
W使:自乾式摻合步驟"a"之均質顆粒粉末與足以提供2 重量%乾式摻合產物之量的硬脂酸鎮乾式換合, 藉此提供顆粒醫藥調配物。 在-些實施例中,可使用其量大於顆粒中存在之量的微 晶纖維素。在-些實施例中,可使用其量大於顆粒中存在 之量的交μ甲基纖維素鈉m施例中,儘管吾人 瞭解可藉由使用任何乾式摻合微粒物質之適合構件來:供 均質摻合物’較佳使用選自滾筒式摻合器及牵引摻合器, 更佳為牽引摻合器之摻合構件來進行如上所述之摻合步驟 nan及”b"。 在一些實施例中,較佳藉由用根據上述方法所製備之足 以提供含於顆粒醫藥調配物中之治療血清水平之A打之量 的顆粒醫藥調配物填充膠囊來提供膠囊劑型之藥劑。里 在一些實施例中,較佳藉由使乾式摻合混合物粒化來形 成醫藥調配物中所用之顆粒’該乾式摻合混合物係藉由乾 式摻合40 Kg式B化合物(API)(其根據上述沉澱法所^備二 呈製備原樣使用)、4.0 Kg微晶纖維素、u,2〖§乳糖單水 合物、12_0 Kg預膠凝化澱粉及2.4 Kg交聯羧甲基纖維素納 120556.doc -37- 200810821 而製成。在一些實施例中,較佳提供溶解於48 Kg水中之 包含2.4 Kg月桂基硫酸鈉之粒化流體,且較佳將乾式摻合 混合物粒化直至觀察不到自由流動粉末。在一些實施例 中,較佳在流化床乾燥器中乾燥顆粒直至證明其乾燥失重 小於約2.5重量%。在一些實施例中,較佳在裝備有0.032 吋篩之篩磨機中研磨乾燥顆粒以提供具有平均32目尺寸之 顆粒物質。在一些實施例中,較佳使乾燥研磨顆粒與4.0 Kg額外微晶纖維素及2.4 Kg額外交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉摻合 以提供第二乾式摻合混合物,接著摻合1.6 Kg硬脂酸鎂與 該第二乾式摻合混合物以提供顆粒產物。 對於在本發明之顆粒中使用而言,較佳使用相當於 Avicel PH102之微晶纖維素,較佳使用極細級乳糠單水合 物,較佳使用相當於來自Colorcon之預膠凝化澱粉1500, 較佳使用NF級交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉;且較佳使用相當於來 自Stepan之NF級月桂基硫酸納及源自植物驗硬脂酸之NF級 硬脂酸鎂。適合物質為市售的,例如購自FMC之Avicel PHI02微晶纖維素、購自Foremost Farms之極細級乳糖單 水合物、購自Colorcon之預膠凝化澱粉1500、購自FMC之 交聯叛甲基纖維素鈉NF級、購自Stepan之月桂基硫酸鈉 Stepanol WA-100 NF及購自Greven之植物級硬脂酸鎮。 在一些實施例中,視情況將均質粉末之等分試樣裝填至 明膠膠囊中以提供具有下表所示之組份重量之劑型(各劑 量具有約200 mg之API)。 120556.doc -38 - 200810821W: a self-drying blending step "a" of a homogeneous particulate powder with an amount of stearic acid that is sufficient to provide a 2% by weight dry blended product, thereby providing a particulate pharmaceutical formulation. In some embodiments, microcrystalline cellulose in an amount greater than that present in the particles can be used. In some embodiments, it is possible to use a mixture of sodium methionate m in an amount greater than that present in the granules, although it is understood that by using any suitable means for dry blending particulate matter: for homogenization The blend 'preferably uses a blending member selected from the group consisting of a drum blender and a traction blender, more preferably a draw blender, to perform the blending steps nan and "b" as described above. In some embodiments Preferably, the capsule dosage form of the medicament is provided by filling the capsule with a particulate pharmaceutical formulation prepared according to the above method sufficient to provide a therapeutic serum level of A containing the particulate pharmaceutical formulation. In some embodiments Preferably, the granules used in the pharmaceutical formulation are formed by granulating the dry blending mixture by dry blending 40 Kg of the compound of formula B (API) according to the above precipitation method. Prepare the preparation as it is), 4.0 Kg microcrystalline cellulose, u, 2 § lactose monohydrate, 12_0 Kg pregelatinized starch and 2.4 Kg croscarmellose nano 120556.doc -37- 200810821 And made. In some implementations In one embodiment, it is preferred to provide a granulating fluid comprising 2.4 Kg of sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 48 Kg of water, and preferably the dry blended mixture is granulated until no free flowing powder is observed. In some embodiments, preferably. The granules are dried in a fluid bed dryer until the loss on drying is less than about 2.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the dried granules are preferably ground in a sieve mill equipped with a 0.032 吋 sieve to provide an average size of 32 mesh. Particulate matter. In some embodiments, the dry abrasive granules are preferably blended with 4.0 Kg of additional microcrystalline cellulose and 2.4 Kg of additional croscarmellose sodium to provide a second dry blended mixture, followed by blending 1.6. Kg magnesium stearate and the second dry blending mixture to provide a granular product. For use in the granule of the present invention, it is preferred to use microcrystalline cellulose equivalent to Avicel PH102, preferably using a fine fine nipple For hydrate, it is preferred to use pre-gelatinized starch 1500 from Colorcon, preferably NF-grade croscarmellose sodium; and preferably use NF-grade lauryl sulfur from Stepan. And NF grade magnesium stearate derived from plant test stearic acid. Suitable materials are commercially available, such as Avicel PHI02 microcrystalline cellulose from FMC, very fine lactose monohydrate from Foremost Farms, purchased from Colorcon's pregelatinized starch 1500, cross-linked methyl cellulose sodium NF grade from FMC, Stepanol WA-100 NF from Stepan, and plant-grade stearic acid from Greven. In some embodiments, an aliquot of a homogeneous powder is optionally filled into a gelatin capsule to provide a dosage form having a component weight as indicated in the table below (each dosage having an API of about 200 mg). 120556.doc -38 - 200810821
獨占性作用,該作用藉由上表中給出之賦形劑來執行。 替代實施例 在一些實施例中,較佳提供上述方法之醫藥調配物,其 含有如API之一或多種選自如本文所述之式I-XXVIII化合 物之化合物。該等調配物可用於抑制HCV蛋白酶及/或組 織蛋白活性且具有良好溶解特性以促進式^XXVHI化合物 之吸收。 在一些實施例中,較佳自以下文檔(其以引用之方式併 入本文中)中所涉及之HCV蛋白酶抑制劑之群選擇至少一 種HCV蛋白酶抑制劑 :US20040048802A1 、 US20040043949A1、US20040001853A1、US20030008828A1、 US20020182227A1 、 US20020177725A1 、 US20020150947A1 、 US20050267018A1、US20020034732A1、US20010034019A1、 120556.doc -39- 200810821 US20050153877A1、US20050074465A1、US20050053921A1 US20040253577A1、US20040229936A1、US20040229840A1 US20040077551A1、EP1408031A1、WO9837180A2、US6696281B1Exclusivity, this effect is performed by the excipients given in the above table. Alternative Embodiments In some embodiments, it is preferred to provide a pharmaceutical formulation of the above method comprising one or more compounds such as an API selected from the group consisting of compounds of formulas I-XXVIII as described herein. Such formulations are useful for inhibiting HCV protease and/or tissue protein activity and having good solubility characteristics to promote absorption of the compound of formula XXVHI. In some embodiments, at least one HCV protease inhibitor is selected from the group of HCV protease inhibitors referred to in the following document, which is incorporated herein by reference: US20040048802A1, US20040043949A1, US20040001853A1, US20030008828A1, US20020182227A1, US20020177725A1, US20020150947A1, US20050267018A1, US20020034732A1, US20010034019A1, 120556.doc-39-200810821 US20050153877A1, US20050074465A1, US20050053921A1 US20040253577A1, US20040229936A1, US20040229840A1 US20040077551A1, EP1408031A1, WO9837180A2, US6696281B1
JP11137252A W00111089A1 US6280940B1 EP1106702A1 US20050118603A1JP11137252A W00111089A1 US6280940B1 EP1106702A1 US20050118603A1
JP2000007645A W00053740A1 W00020400A1 W02004013349A2 W02005027871A2 US20030125541A1 W02002100900A2、W00155703A1 US6608027B1 US20040039187A1 US20030224977A1 W02003010141A2 > W02003007945A1 > W02002052015A2 WO0248375A2、WO0066623A2、W00009543A2、WO9907734A2 US6767991B1 US20030187018A1 US20030186895A1 W02004087741A1、W02004039970A1、W02004039833A1 W02004037855A1 - W02004030670A1 > US20040229818A1 US20040224900A1、W02005028501A1、W02004103996A1 W02004065367A1 > W02004064925A1 > W02004093915A1 W02005034850A2 W02004009121A1 > W02003066103A1 W02004094452A2 > W02004015131A2 - W02003099316A1 W02003099274A1 W02003053349A2、W02002060926A2 W00040745A1、US6586615B1、W02002061048A2、WO0248157A2 WO0248116A2 W02005017125A2 W00022160A1 US20060051745A1 > W02004021871A2 > W02004011647A1 W09816657A1、US5371017A、WO9849190A2、US5807829A W00005243A2、W00208251A2、W02005067437A2、W09918856A1 W00004914A1、WO0212543A2、W09845040A1、W00140262A1 120556.doc -40- 200810821 W00102424A2、W00196540A2、WO0164678A2、US5512391A、 WO0218369A2 、 W09846597A1 、 W02005010029A1 、 WO2004113365A2、W02004093798A2、W02004072243A2、 W09822496A2 、 W02004046159A1 、 JP11199509A 、 W02005012288A1 、W02004108687A2、WO9740168A1 、 US20060110755A1 、W02002093519A2 、US6187905B1 、 W02003077729A2、W09524414A1 、W02005009418A2、 W02004003000A2、US20050037018A1 、W09963998A1 、JP2000007645A W00053740A1 W00020400A1 W02004013349A2 W02005027871A2 US20030125541A1 W02002100900A2, W00155703A1 US6608027B1 US20040039187A1 US20030224977A1 W02003010141A2 > W02003007945A1 > W02002052015A2 WO0248375A2, WO0066623A2, W00009543A2, WO9907734A2 US6767991B1 US20030187018A1 US20030186895A1 W02004087741A1, W02004039970A1, W02004039833A1 W02004037855A1 - W02004030670A1 > US20040229818A1 US20040224900A1, W02005028501A1, W02004103996A1 W02004065367A1 > W02004064925A1 > W02004093915A1 W02005034850A2 W02004009121A1 > W02003066103A1 W02004094452A2 > W02004015131A2 - W02003099316A1 W02003099274A1 W02003053349A2, W02002060926A2 W00040745A1, US6586615B1, W02002061048A2, WO0248157A2 WO0248116A2 W02005017125A2 W00022160A1 US20060051745A1 > W02004021871A2 > W02004011647A1 W09816657A1, US5371017A, WO9849190A2, US5807829A W00005243A2, W00208251A2, W02005067437A2, W09918856A1 W00004914A1, WO0212543A2, W09845040A1, W00140262A1 120556.doc -40- 200 810821 W00102424A2, W00196540A2, WO0164678A2, US5512391A, WO0218369A2, W09846597A1, W02005010029A1, WO2004113365A2, W02004093798A2, W02004072243A2, W09822496A2, W02004046159A1, JP11199509A, W02005012288A1, W02004108687A2, WO9740168A1, US20060110755A1, W02002093519A2, US6187905B1, W02003077729A2, W09524414A1, W02005009418A2, W02004003000A2, US20050037018A1, W09963998A1 ,
WO0063444A2、W09938888A2、W09964442A1、W00031129A1、 WO0168818A2、WO9812308A1、W09522985A1、WO0132691A1、 WO9708304A2、W02002079234A1、JP10298151A、JP09206076A、 JP09009961A、JP2001103993A、JP11127861A、JP11124400A、 JP11124398A 、W02003051910A2 、W02004021861A2 、 W09800548A1、W02004026896A2、WO0116379A1、US5861297A、 W02004007512A2 、 W02004003138A2 、 W02002057287A2 、 W02004009020A2 、W02004000858A2 、W02003105770A2 、 WO0114517A1、WO9805333A1、US6280728B1、EP1443116A1、 US20040063911A1 、W02003076466A1 、W02002087500A2 、 W00190121A2、W02004016222A2、W09839030A1、WO9846630A1、 WO0123331A1、W09824766A1、US6168942B1、WO0188113A2、 W02005018330A1、W02005003147A2、W09115596A1、 WO9719103A1 、 WO9708194A1 、 W02002055693A2 、 W02005030796A1、W02005021584A2、WO2004113295A1、 WO2004113294A1 > WO2004113272A1 > W02003062228A1 > 120556.doc -41- 200810821 WO0248172A2、W00208198A2、WO0181325A2、WO0177113A2、 WO0158929A1、W09928482A2、WO9743310A1、WO9636702A2、 WO9635806A1、W09635717A2、US6326137B1、US6251583B1、 US5990276A、US5759795A、US5714371A、US6524589B1 、 WO0208256A2、W00208187A1、W02003062265A2、US7012066B2、 JP07184648A、JP06315377A、W02002100851A2、W02002100846A1、 W00039348A1、JP06319583A、JP11292840A、JP08205893A、 WO0075338A2 、 W00075337A1 、 W02003059384A1 、WO0063444A2, W09938888A2, W09964442A1, W00031129A1, WO0168818A2, WO9812308A1, W09522985A1, WO0132691A1, WO9708304A2, W02002079234A1, JP10298151A, JP09206076A, JP09009961A, JP2001103993A, JP11127861A, JP11124400A, JP11124398A, W02003051910A2, W02004021861A2, W09800548A1, W02004026896A2, WO0116379A1, US5861297A, W02004007512A2, W02004003138A2, W02002057287A2, W02004009020A2, W02004000858A2, W02003105770A2, WO0114517A1, WO9805333A1, US6280728B1, EP1443116A1, US20040063911A1, W02003076466A1, W02002087500A2, W00190121A2, W02004016222A2, W09839030A1, WO9846630A1, WO0123331A1, W09824766A1, US6168942B1, WO0188113A2, W02005018330A1, W02005003147A2, W09115596A1, WO9719103A1, WO9708194A1, W02002055693A2, W02005030796A1, W02005021584A2, WO2004113295A1, WO2004113294A1 > WO2004113272A1 > W02003062228A1 > 120556.doc -41- 200810821 WO0248172A2, W00208198A2, WO0181325A2, WO0177113A2, WO0158929A1, W0992 8482A2, WO9743310A1, WO9636702A2, WO9635806A1, W09635717A2, US6326137B1, US6251583B1, US5990276A, US5759795A, US5714371A, US6524589B1, WO0208256A2, W00208187A1, W02003062265A2, US7012066B2, JP07184648A, JP06315377A, W02002100851A2, W02002100846A1, W00039348A1, JP06319583A, JP11292840A, JP08205893A, WO0075338A2, W00075337A1, W02003059384A1,
W02002063035A2 、W02002070752A1 、US6190920B1 、 W02002068933A2、WO0122984A1、JP04320693A、JP2003064094A、 WO0179849A2、W00006710A1、W00001718A2、WO0238799A2、 W02005037860A2 、W02005035525A2 、W02005025517A2 、 W02005007681A2 、W02003035060A1 、W02003006490A1 、 WO0174768A2、W00107027A2、W00024725A1、W00012727A1、 W09950230A1、WO9909148A1、W09817679A1、W09811134A1、 W09634976A1 > W02003087092A2 > W02005028502A1 > US5837464A、DE20201549U1、W02003090674A2、W09727334A1、 W00034308A2、US6127116A、US20030054000A1、JP2001019699A、 US6596545B1 、US6329209B1 、IT1299179 、CA2370400 、 KR2002007244、KR165708、KR2000074387、KR2000033010、 KR2000033011、KR2001107178、KR2001107179、ES2143918、 KR2002014283、KR149198、KR2001068676。 較佳地,以每天約100至約4000 mg之劑量範圍提供HCV 蛋白酶抑制劑(例如:每天100 mg、1 50 mg、200 mg、250 120556.doc -42- 200810821 mg、300 mg、350 mg、400 mg、450 mg、500 mg、550 mg、600 mg、650 mg、700 mg、750 mg、800 mg、850 mg、900 mg、950 mg、1000 mg、1050 mg、1100 mg、 1150 mg、1200 mg、1250 mg、1300 mg、1350 mg、1400 mg、1450 mg、1500 mg、1550 mg、1600 mg、1650 mg、 1700 mg、1750 mg、1800 mg、1850 mg、1900 mg、1950 mg、2000 mg、2050 mg、2100 mg、2150 mg、2200 mg、W02002063035A2, W02002070752A1, US6190920B1, W02002068933A2, WO0122984A1, JP04320693A, JP2003064094A, WO0179849A2, W00006710A1, W00001718A2, WO0238799A2, W02005037860A2, W02005035525A2, W02005025517A2, W02005007681A2, W02003035060A1, W02003006490A1, WO0174768A2, W00107027A2, W00024725A1, W00012727A1, W09950230A1, WO9909148A1, W09817679A1, W09811134A1, W09634976A1 > W02003087092A2 > W02005028502A1 > US5837464A, DE20201549U1, W02003090674A2, W09727334A1, W00034308A2, US6127116A, US20030054000A1, JP2001019699A, US6596545B1, US6329209B1, IT1299179, CA2370400, KR2002007244, KR165708, KR2000074387, KR2000033010, KR2000033011, KR2001107178, KR2001107179, ES2143918, KR2002014283 , KR149198, KR2001068676. Preferably, the HCV protease inhibitor is provided in a dose ranging from about 100 to about 4000 mg per day (eg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 120556.doc -42 - 200810821 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg per day, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, 1000 mg, 1050 mg, 1100 mg, 1150 mg, 1200 mg , 1250 mg, 1300 mg, 1350 mg, 1400 mg, 1450 mg, 1500 mg, 1550 mg, 1600 mg, 1650 mg, 1700 mg, 1750 mg, 1800 mg, 1850 mg, 1900 mg, 1950 mg, 2000 mg, 2050 Mg, 2100 mg, 2150 mg, 2200 mg,
2250 mg、2300 mg ' 2350 mg ' 2400 mg、2450 mg、2500 mg、2550 mg、2600 mg、2650 mg、2700 mg、2750 mg、 2800 mg、2850 mg、2900 mg、2950 mg、3000 mg、3050 mg、3100 mg、3150 mg、3200 mg、3250 mg、3300 mg、 3350 mg、3400 mg、3450 mg、3500 mg、3550 mg、3600 mg、3650 mg、3700 mg、3750 mg、3800 mg、3850 mg、 3900 mg、3 950 mg、4000 mg)之量向有需要之患者提供調 配物。在一較佳實施例中,以每天約400 mg至約2500 mg 之劑量範圍投與HCV蛋白酶抑制劑。在另一較佳實施例 中,以每天約1900 mg至約4000 mg之劑量範圍投與HCV蛋 白酶抑制劑。在另一較佳實施例中,以每天約1 〇5〇 mg至 約2850 mg之劑量範圍投與HCV蛋白酶抑制劑。 在一實施例中,其中HCV蛋白酶抑制劑為式以匕合物、 其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯,該HCV蛋白酶抑 制劑係以每天約1920 mg至約4000 mg、較佳為每天約192〇 mg至約3000 mg或每天約2560 mg至約4000 mg之劑量範圍 投與。 120556.doc -43- 200810821 在一實施例中,其中HCV蛋白酶抑制劑為式XXVII化合 物、其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯,該HCV蛋白 酶抑制劑係以每天約1080 mg至約3 125 mg、較佳為每天約 1800至約2813 mg之劑量範圍投與。 在一實施例中,其中HCV蛋白酶抑制劑為式XXVIII化合 物、其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯,該HCV蛋白 酶抑制劑以每天約1 080 mg至約3 125 mg、較佳為每天約 1 800至約28 13 mg之劑量範圍投與。 應注意,HCV蛋白酶抑制劑之劑量可以每天單劑量(亦 即,QD)或分為每天2_4次劑量(亦即,BID、TID或QID)投 與。在一實施例中,以約600 mg QID至約800 mg QID之劑 量範圍投與HCV蛋白酶抑制劑。在一實施例中,其中HCV 蛋白酶抑制劑為式I化合物、其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶 劑合物或醋,該HCV蛋白酶抑制劑係以800 mg TID、600 mg QID或800 mg QID之劑量投與。在另一實施例中,其 中HCV蛋白酶抑制劑為式XXVII化合物、其醫藥學上可接 受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯,該HCV蛋白酶抑制劑係以75 0 mg TID之劑量投與。同樣在另一實施例中,其中HCV蛋白酶 抑制劑為式XXVIII化合物、其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑 合物或酯,該HCV蛋白酶抑制劑係以750 mg TID之劑量投 與。 較佳經口投與HCV蛋白酶抑制劑。 式I化合物之結構揭示於2003年7月31日公布之PCT國際 公開案WO03/062265中。揭示於此公開案中之某些化合物 120556.doc -44· 200810821 之非限制性實例包括列於第48_75頁(以引用之方式併入本 文中)中的彼等化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合 物或i旨。 在一實施例中,API係選自式la化合物:2250 mg, 2300 mg ' 2350 mg ' 2400 mg, 2450 mg, 2500 mg, 2550 mg, 2600 mg, 2650 mg, 2700 mg, 2750 mg, 2800 mg, 2850 mg, 2900 mg, 2950 mg, 3000 mg, 3050 mg , 3100 mg, 3150 mg, 3200 mg, 3250 mg, 3300 mg, 3350 mg, 3400 mg, 3450 mg, 3500 mg, 3550 mg, 3600 mg, 3650 mg, 3700 mg, 3750 mg, 3800 mg, 3850 mg, 3900 The amount of mg, 3 950 mg, 4000 mg) provides a formulation to patients in need. In a preferred embodiment, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered at a dose ranging from about 400 mg to about 2500 mg per day. In another preferred embodiment, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered at a dose ranging from about 1900 mg to about 4000 mg per day. In another preferred embodiment, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered at a dose ranging from about 1 〇 5 〇 mg to about 2850 mg per day. In one embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a chelate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is from about 1920 mg to about 4000 mg per day. Preferably, it is administered in a dose ranging from about 192 mg to about 3000 mg per day or from about 2560 mg to about 4000 mg per day. 120556.doc -43- 200810821 In one embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a compound of formula XXVII, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is from about 1080 mg per day to A dosage range of about 3 125 mg, preferably from about 1800 to about 2813 mg per day, is administered. In one embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a compound of formula XXVIII, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is from about 1 080 mg to about 3 125 mg per day, preferably It is administered in a dose range of about 1 800 to about 28 13 mg per day. It should be noted that the dose of the HCV protease inhibitor can be administered in a single dose per day (i.e., QD) or divided into 2 to 4 doses per day (i.e., BID, TID, or QID). In one embodiment, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered in a dosage range from about 600 mg QID to about 800 mg QID. In one embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a compound of formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or vinegar thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is 800 mg TID, 600 mg QID or 800 mg QID Dosage is administered. In another embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a compound of formula XXVII, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered at a dose of 75 0 mg TID. Also in another embodiment, wherein the HCV protease inhibitor is a compound of formula XXVIII, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered at a dose of 750 mg TID. Preferably, the HCV protease inhibitor is administered orally. The structure of the compound of formula I is disclosed in PCT International Publication No. WO 03/062265, issued July 31, 2003. Non-limiting examples of certain compounds disclosed in this publication 120556.doc-44.200810821 include those compounds listed in pages 48-75 (incorporated herein by reference) or pharmaceutically acceptable Salt, solvate or i. In one embodiment, the API is selected from the group consisting of compounds of formula la:
式la, 其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或醋。 如2005年u月1〇日公開之美國專利公開案 US2005/0249702中所揭示,最近已將式ia化合物分離成其 式lb及Ic之異構體/非對映異構體。在一實施例中,至少一 種化合物為式Ic(HCV NS3絲胺酸蛋白酶之有效抑制劑)、 其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯Formula la, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or vinegar thereof. The compounds of formula ia have recently been isolated as isomers/diastereomers of formulas lb and Ic, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0249702, which is incorporated herein by reference. In one embodiment, at least one compound is of Formula Ic (a potent inhibitor of HCV NS3 serine protease), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof
式Ic化合物之化學名稱為(1化,28,58)-仏[(18)-3-胺基-1-(環丁基曱基)-2,3-二側氧基丙基]-3-[(2S)-2-[[[(l,l_二甲基 乙基)胺基]幾基]胺基]-3,3-二甲基-1-侧氧基丁基_6,6-二曱 120556.doc -45- 200810821 基-3-氮雜雙環[3.1.0]己烷-2-甲醯胺。 用於製造式I化合物之方法揭示於美國專利公開案第 2005/0059648 號、第 2005/0020689 號及第 2005/0059800 號 中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式II化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 W002/〇8256及美國專利第6,800,434號第5欄至M7欄中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式III化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 國際專利公開案W002/08187及美國專利公開案 2002/0160962第3頁第22段至第132段中,其以引用之方式 併入本文中。 適合之式IV化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 國際專利公開案WO03/062228及美國專利公開案 2003/0207861第3頁第25段至第26頁中,其以引用之方式 併入本文中。 適合之式V化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 美國專利公開案2005/0119168第3頁第[0024]段至第215頁 第[0833]段中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式VI化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 美國專利公開案系列第2005/0085425號第3頁第0023段至 第139頁中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式VII、VIII及IX之化合物及其製造方法之非限 制性實例揭示於國際專利公開案W02005/051980及美國專 利公開案2005/0164921第3頁第[0026]段至第113頁第 120556.doc -46· 200810821 [0271]段中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式X化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 國際專利公開案W02005/085275及美國專利公開案 2005/0267043第4頁第[0026]段至第519頁第[0444]段中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XI化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示於 國際專利公開案W02005/087721及美國專利公開案 2005/028 8233第3頁第[0026]段至第280頁第[0508]段中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/087725及美國專利公開案 2005/0245458第4頁第[0026]段至第194頁第[0374]段中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XIII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/085242及美國專利公開案 2005/0222047第3頁第[0026]段至第209頁第[0460]段中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XIV化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案第W02005/087781號第8頁第20行至第 683頁第6行中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XV化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/058821及美國專利公開案 2005/0153900第4頁第[0028]段至第83頁第[0279]段中,其 以引用之方式併入本文中。 120556.doc -47- 200810821 適合之式XVI化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/087730及美國專利公開案 2005/0197301第3頁第[0026]段至第156頁第[03 12]段中, 其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XVII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/085197及美國專利公開案-2005/0209164第3頁第[0026]段至第87頁第[0354]段中,其 以引用之方式併入本文中。 • 適合之式XVIII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭 示於美國專利公開案2006/0046956第4頁第[0024]段至第50 頁第[0282]段中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XIX化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02005/113581及美國專利公開案 2005/0272663第3頁第[0026]段至第76頁中,其以引用之方 式併入本文中。 適合之式XX化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案第W02000/09558號第4頁第17行至第85 頁中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XXI化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案第W02000/09543號第4頁第14行至第 124頁中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XXII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案W02000/59929及美國專利第6,608,027 號第65欄第65行至第141欄第20行中,各專利以引用之方 120556.doc -48- 200810821 式併入本文中。 適合之式XXIII化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭 示於國際專利公開案WO02/1 83 69第4頁第14行至第311頁 中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XXIV化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭 示於美國專利公開案第2002/0032175號、第2004/0266731 號及美國專利第6,265,380號第3欄第35行至第121欄及第 6,617,309號第3攔第40行至第121攔中,各專利以引用之方 式併入本文中。 適合之式XXV化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭示 於國際專利公開案WO1998/22496第3頁至第122頁中,其 以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XXVI化合物及其製造方法之非限制性實例揭 示於美國專利第6,143,715號第3欄第6行至第62欄第20行 中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 適合之式XXVII及式XXVIII化合物及其製造方法之非限 制性實例揭示於國際專利公開案WO02/18369第4頁第4行 至第311頁中,其以引用之方式併入本文中。更特定而 言,見國際專利公開案WO02/18369,實例17、27、86及 126,其以引用之方式併入本文中。詳言之,對於化合物 XXVII而言,見WO02/18369第146-153頁之實例27,其詳 述製造第90頁中所說明之化合物nCU”之方法,及實例 126,其詳述製造第225頁之中間體化合物cxxxviii之方 法。同樣,對於化合物XXVIIIa而言,見WO02/18369第 120556.doc -49- 200810821 139-140頁之實例17,其詳述製造第52頁中所說明之化合 物”BW”之方法.,及實例86,其詳述製造第207頁之中間體 化合物Ixxxix之方法。 對於上述替代化合物之每一者而言,各種化合物之異構 體(若存在)’包括對映異構體、立體異構體、旋轉異構 體、互變異構體及外消旋體以及此等立體異構體之混合物 及外消旋混合物,亦應視為本發明之一部分。 以下描述式I至XXVIII之化合物之結構。 結構式I之化合物具有以下結構:The chemical name of the compound of formula Ic is (1,28,58)-indole[(18)-3-amino-1-(cyclobutylindenyl)-2,3-di-oxypropyl]-3 -[(2S)-2-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)amino]]]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutyl -6, 6-二曱120556.doc -45- 200810821 Base-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2-carboxamide. A method for the manufacture of a compound of formula I is disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0059648, 2005/0020, 689, and U.S. Pat. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula II and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 6,002, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula III and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. W002/08187 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0160962, page 3, paragraphs 22 to 132, which are incorporated by reference. In this article. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula IV and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 03/062228 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0207861, page 3, paragraphs 25 to 26, which are incorporated by reference. In this article. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula V and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0119168, page 3, paragraph [0024] to page 215, paragraph [0833], which is incorporated herein by reference. in. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula VI and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Serial No. 2005/0085425, page 3, paragraphs 0023 to 139, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formulae VII, VIII and IX and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/051980 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0164921, page 3, paragraph [0026] to page 113, section 120556. .doc -46.200810821 [0271], which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula X and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/085275 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0267043, page 4, paragraph [0026] to page 519, paragraph [0444]. It is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XI and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/087721 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/028 8233, page 3, paragraph [0026] to page 280, paragraph [0508]. , which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/087725 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0245458, page 4, paragraph [0026] to page 194, paragraph [0374]. It is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XIII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/085242 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0222047, page 3, paragraph [0026] to page 209, paragraph [0460]. It is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formula XIV and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/087781, page 8, line 20 to page 683, line 6, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable XV compounds and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/058821 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0153900, page 4, paragraph [0028] to page 83, paragraph [0279]. It is incorporated herein by reference. 120556.doc -47- 200810821 A non-limiting example of a suitable XVI compound and method of making the same is disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/087730 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0197301, page 3, paragraphs [0026] to 156. In paragraph [03 12], it is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formula XVII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/085197 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0209164, page 3, paragraph [0026] to page 87, paragraph [0354]. , which is incorporated herein by reference. • Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XVIII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0046956, page 4, paragraph [0024] to page 50, paragraph [0282], which is incorporated by reference. In this article. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formula XIX and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2005/113581 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0272663, page 3, paragraphs [0026] to 76, which are incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XX and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO20009558, page 4, line 17 to page 85, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable XXI compounds and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2000/09543, page 4, line 14 to page 124, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XXII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO2000/59929 and U.S. Patent No. 6,608,027, at col. 65, line 65 to 141, line 20, each of which is incorporated by reference. 120556.doc -48- 200810821 is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XXIII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 02/1 83 69, page 4, line 14 to page 311, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formula XXIV and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2002/0032175, 2004/0266731, and U.S. Patent No. 6,265,380, col. 3, lines 35 to 121, and 6,617,309. No. 3, pp. 40 to 121, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XXV and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 1998/22496, pages 3 to 122, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of the formula XXVI and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,143,715, at col. 3, line 6 to column 62, line 20, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds of formula XXVII and formula XXVIII and methods for their manufacture are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 02/18369, page 4, line 4 to page 311, which is incorporated herein by reference. More specifically, see International Patent Publication No. WO 02/18369, Examples 17, 27, 86 and 126, which are incorporated herein by reference. In particular, for compound XXVII, see Example 27 of WO 02/18369 pages 146-153, which details the method of making the compound nCU described on page 90, and Example 126, which details the manufacture of Section 225 The method of the intermediate compound cxxxviii of the page. Similarly, for the compound XXVIIIa, see Example 21 of WO 02/18369, pp. 120556.doc-49-200810821 139-140, which details the preparation of the compound described on page 52" Method of BW", and Example 86, which details the method of making the intermediate compound Ixxxix on page 207. For each of the above alternative compounds, the isomers (if present) of the various compounds 'including the alignment Isomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates, as well as mixtures and racemic mixtures of such stereoisomers, are also considered to be part of the invention. The structure of the compound of I to XXVIII. The compound of the formula I has the following structure:
且包括其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; ®其中在式I中: Y係選自由以下部分組成之群:烷基、烷基芳基、雜燒 基、雜芳基、芳基雜芳基、烷基雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧 基、烧基芳氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環烷氧基、環烷 氧基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、 雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基及雜環烷基胺基,其限制條件為 γ可視情況經X11或X12取代; X11為烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 120556.doc • 50- 200810821 基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、 烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基,其限制條件為X11可另外視情 況經X12取代; X12為羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯 基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧 醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、 芳基脲基、i素、氰基或硝基,其限制條件為該烷基、烷 氧基及芳基可另外視情況經獨立地選自X12之部分取代; R1為COR5,其中R5為COR7,其中R7為NHR9,其中R9係 選自由以下各物組成之群:H、烷基、芳基、雜烷基、雜 芳基、環烷基、環烷基、芳基烷基、雜芳基烷基、 [CHCR'^lpCOOR11 ^ [C^R^^pCONR^R13 > [CH(R1)]pS02R11 ^ [CH(Rr)]pCORn ^ [CHCR' ^pCHCO^R11 ^ CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2)COORu ^ CI^RqCONHCI^RqCONR12;^13、、CHCR1’) CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3,)COORh 、CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2) CONHCH(R3’)CONR12R13、CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3’) CONHCH(R4)COORn、CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3) CONHCH(R4,)CONR12R13 ^ CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3) CONHCH(R4’)CONHCH(R5 )COORu 及 CHCR^CONHOHKRqCONHCH (R3’)CONHCH(R4 )CONHCH(R5’)CONR12R13,其中 R1’、R2’、R3·、R4’、 ^、^^、^^、尺”及化’係獨立地選自由以下各物組成之群: H、烷基、芳基、雜烷基 '雜芳基、環烷基、烷基芳基、 烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基及雜芳烷基; 1205 56.doc -51 - 200810821 Z係選自Ο、N、CH或CR ; w可存在或不存在,且若w存在,則w係選自c=o、 C=S、C(=N-CN)或 S02 ; Q可存在或不存在,且當Q存在時,Q為CH、N、P、 (CH2)P、(CHR)P、(CRR,)P、Ο、NR、S 或 S02 ;且當 Q 不存 在時,M可存在或不存在;當Q及M不存在時,A直接連接 至L ; A 為 Ο、CH2、(CHR)P、(CHR-CHR,)P、(CRR,)P、NR、 ® s、so2或-鍵; E為CH、N、CR或朝向A、L或G之雙鍵; G可存在或不存在,且當G存在時,G為(CH2)P、(CHR)P 或(CRR’)P ;且當G不存在時,J存在且E直接連接式I中G所 鍵聯之破原子; J可存在或不存在,且當J存在時,J為(CH2)P、 (CRRf)p、S02、NH、NR或Ο ;且當J不存在時,G存在且E 直接鍵聯式I中所示直接鍵聯至J之N ; L可存在或不存在,且當L存在時,L為CH、CR、Ο、S 或NR ;且當L不存在時,則Μ可存在或不存在;且若Μ存 在且L不存在,則Μ直接且獨立鍵聯至Ε,且J直接且獨立 鍵聯至Ε ; Μ可存在或不存在,且當Μ存在時,Μ為Ο、NR、S、 S02、(CH2)P、(CHR)P(CHR-CHR,)P或(CRR% ; p為0至6之數;且 R、R,、R2、R3及R4係獨立選自由以下各物組成之群: 120556.doc -52- 200810821 Η ; CrCw烧基;C2-C1G稀基;C3-C8環烧基;C3-C8雜環烧 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、醯胺基、 酯、羧酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、酮、醛、氰基、硝基、鹵 素;(環烷基)烷基及(雜環烷基)烷基,其中該環烷基由3至 8個碳原子及〇至6個氧、氮、硫或碟原子構成,且該烧基 具有1至6個碳原子;芳基;雜芳基;烷基芳基;及烷基雜 芳基;And including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or esters thereof; wherein in Formula I: Y is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, Arylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkoxy, alkylamino An arylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group, a cycloalkylamino group and a heterocycloalkylamino group, which are limited to γ optionally substituted by X11 or X12; X11 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclic 120556.doc • 50- 200810821 yl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl , heteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, the limitation is that X11 may be optionally substituted by X12; X12 is hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, aryl Thio group, amine group, alkylamino group, arylamine group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxyindole Amine, alkoxy a carbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an alkylureido group, an aryl urea group, an i group, a cyano group or a nitro group, with the proviso that the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the aryl group may be independently selected as appropriate a moiety selected from X12; R1 is COR5, wherein R5 is COR7, wherein R7 is NHR9, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, [CHCR'^lpCOOR11 ^ [C^R^^pCONR^R13 > [CH(R1)]pS02R11 ^ [CH(Rr)] pCORn ^ [CHCR' ^pCHCO^R11 ^ CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2)COORu ^ CI^RqCONHCI^RqCONR12;^13,,CHCR1') CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3,)COORh,CH(Rr)CONHCH (R2) CONHCH(R3')CONR12R13, CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3') CONHCH(R4)COORn,CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3) CONHCH(R4,)CONR12R13 ^ CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3) CONHCH(R4')CONHCH(R5)COORu and CHCR^CONHOHKRqCONHCH (R3')CONHCH(R4)CONHCH(R5')CONR12R13, where R1', R2' , R3·, R4', ^, ^^, ^^, 尺" and "' are independently selected from the group consisting of: H, , aryl, heteroalkyl 'heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl, arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl; 1205 56.doc -51 - 200810821 Z series selected from Ο, N, CH or CR; w may or may not be present, and if w is present, w is selected from c=o, C=S, C(=N-CN) or S02; Q may or may not be present, And when Q is present, Q is CH, N, P, (CH2)P, (CHR)P, (CRR,) P, Ο, NR, S or S02; and when Q is not present, M may or may not exist Exist; when Q and M are not present, A is directly connected to L; A is Ο, CH2, (CHR)P, (CHR-CHR,) P, (CRR,) P, NR, ® s, so2 or - E is CH, N, CR or a double bond towards A, L or G; G may or may not be present, and when G is present, G is (CH2)P, (CHR)P or (CRR')P; And when G is absent, J exists and E directly links the broken atom bonded by G in formula I; J may or may not exist, and when J exists, J is (CH2)P, (CRRf)p, S02 , NH, NR or Ο; and when J is absent, G exists and E is directly bonded to the N of J as shown in formula I; L may or may not exist, and when L is present, L is CH , CR, Ο, S Or NR; and when L is not present, then Μ may or may not exist; and if Μ exists and L does not exist, Μ is directly and independently bonded to Ε, and J is directly and independently bonded to Ε; Μ may exist Or absent, and when Μ is present, Μ is Ο, NR, S, S02, (CH2)P, (CHR)P(CHR-CHR,)P or (CRR%; p is a number from 0 to 6; R, R, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of: 120556.doc -52- 200810821 Η ; CrCw alkyl; C2-C1G dilute; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; C3-C8 Heterocyclic alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decylamine, ester, carboxylic acid, urethane, urea, ketone, aldehyde, cyano, nitro , halogen; (cycloalkyl)alkyl and (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the cycloalkyl consists of 3 to 8 carbon atoms and oxime to 6 oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or dish atoms, and the a group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; an aryl group; a heteroaryl group; an alkylaryl group; and an alkylheteroaryl group;
其中該烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯基、芳基、雜芳基、 環烧基及雜環烷基部分可視情況及化學適當地經取代,該 術語"經取代”係指可選且化學適合地經一或多個選自由烷 基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳烷基、環烷基、雜環基、鹵 素、羥基、硫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺 基、醯胺基、酯、綾酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、酮、醛、氰 基、硝基、磺醯胺基、亞砜、砜、磺醯基脲、醯肼及氫草 醯胺酸自旨組成之群之部分取代;Wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl moieties are suitably substituted as appropriate and chemically, the term "substituted" Optionally and chemically suitably one or more selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, thio, alkoxy, aryloxy Base, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decyl, ester, decanoic acid, urethane, urea, ketone, aldehyde, cyano, nitro, sulfoximine, sulfoxide, sulfone, Sulfonyl urea, hydrazine and hydroxamic acid are substituted by a portion of the group consisting of:
此外其 結構,其 中該單tgN-C-G-E-L小N表示五員或六員環狀環 限制條件為當該單元N-C-G-E-L-J-N表示五員環In addition, the structure, wherein the single tgN-C-G-E-L small N represents a five- or six-membered annular ring is limited to when the unit N-C-G-E-L-J-N represents a five-membered ring
狀環結構,或當式I中包含N 、c、g、e、l、j、n、a、q 及Μ之雙ί辰結構表示五員f 貝衣狀裱結構時,則該五員環狀環 結構缺乏羰基作為環狀環之_部分。a ring-like structure, or when the double-kick structure of N, c, g, e, l, j, n, a, q, and Μ in formula I represents a five-membered f-shell structure, the five-membered ring The ring structure lacks a carbonyl group as a part of the ring.
120556.doc -53- 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式II中: Z 為 NH ; X為烷基磺醯基、雜環基磺醯基、雜環基烷基磺醯基、 芳基磺醯基、雜芳基磺醯基、烷基羰基、雜環基羰基、雜 環基烷基羰基、芳基羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷氧基羰基、雜 環氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜芳氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰 基、雜環基胺基羰基、芳基胺基羰基或雜芳基胺基羰基部 • 分,其限制條件為X可另外視情況經R12或R13取代; X1為H; CVC4直鏈烷基;CVCU分枝鏈烷基或;CH2-芳 基(經取代或未經取代); R12為烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、. 烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基部分,其限制條件為R12可另外 視情況經R13取代。 0 R13為羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧基續醯基、芳基續酸 基、烧基績酿胺基、芳基續酿胺基、魏基、烧氧魏基、魏 醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、 芳基脲基、鹵素、氰基或硝基部分,其限制條件為烷基、 烷氧基及芳基可另外視情況經獨立選自R13之部分取代。120556.doc -53- 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula II: Z is NH; X is alkylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocycle Alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heterocyclylalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a heterocyclic aminocarbonyl group, an arylaminocarbonyl group or a heteroarylaminocarbonyl moiety, which is limited to X may additionally be substituted by R12 or R13; X1 is H; CVC4 linear alkyl; CVCU branched alkyl or CH2-aryl (substituted or unsubstituted); R12 is alkyl, alkenyl, Alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl or heteroaryl The alkyl moiety, with the proviso that R12 can be additionally substituted with R13 as appropriate. 0 R13 is hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, alkyl thiol, aryl acid group, burned Base-stranded amine, aryl continued amine, weiki, oxydithiol, acesulfame, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, Halogen, cyano or nitro moieties, with the proviso that the alkyl, alkoxy and aryl groups may additionally be optionally substituted with a moiety independently selected from R13.
Pla、Plb、P2、P3、P4、P5及 P6獨立為:Η ; <^-(:10直 鍵或分枝鍵烧基,C2-Ci〇直鍵或分枝鍵稀基;C3-C8環烧 基,c3-c8雜環;(環烷基)烷基或(雜環基)烷基,其中該環 120556.doc -54- 200810821 烷基係由3至8個碳原子及0至6個氧、氮、硫或磷原子構 成,且該烷基具有1至6個碳原子;芳基、雜芳基、芳基烷 基或雜芳基烧基’其中該烧基具有1至6個碳原子; 其中该烷基、烯基、環烷基、雜環基;(環烷基)烷基及 (雜環基)烷基部分可視情況經Rl3取代,且此外其中該pia 及Plb可視情況彼此連接以形成螺環或螺雜環,其中該螺 環或螺雜環含有0至6個氧、氮、硫或磷原子,且可另外視 情況經R13取代;且Pla, Plb, P2, P3, P4, P5 and P6 are independently: Η; <^-(: 10 direct bond or branched bond base, C2-Ci〇 direct bond or branch bond thin base; C3-C8 a cycloalkyl group, a c3-c8 heterocyclic ring; a (cycloalkyl)alkyl group or a (heterocyclyl)alkyl group, wherein the ring 120556.doc -54- 200810821 alkyl group is composed of 3 to 8 carbon atoms and 0 to 6 Oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom, and the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl group, wherein the alkyl group has 1 to 6 a carbon atom; wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl; (cycloalkyl)alkyl and (heterocyclyl)alkyl moieties are optionally substituted by Rl3, and further wherein the pia and Plb are as appropriate Linked to each other to form a spiro or spiro heterocycle, wherein the spiro or spiroheterocycle contains 0 to 6 oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atoms, and may be optionally substituted with R13;
ΡΓ為Η、烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜 環基、雜環基烷基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基或雜芳基烷 基;其限制條件為該Ρ1,可另外視情況經尺^取代。 結構式III之化合物具有以下結構:Lanthanum, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl The restriction condition is that the Ρ1 can be replaced by a ruler. The compound of formula III has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式ΠΙ中: G為羰基; J及Υ可相同或不同且係獨立選自由以下部分組成之群· Η、烧基、院基芳基、雜烧基、雜芳基、芳基雜芳基、烧 基雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基芳氧基、芳氧基、雜^ 氧基、雜環烧氧基、環烧氧基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧 120556.doc -55- 200810821 基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基及雜環 烧基胺基,其限制條件為γ可另外視情況經X11或χΐ2取 代; X11係選自由烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷 基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、 雜芳基、烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基部分組成之群,其限制 條件為X11可另外視情況經X12取代; X12為羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯 基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧 S篮胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、 芳基脲基、齒素、氰基或硝基,其限制條件為該烷基、烷 氧基及芳基可另外視情況經獨立選自X12之部分取代; R1為COR5或C(OR)2,其中R5係選自由Η、OH、OR8、 NR9R10、CF3、C2F5、C3F7、CF2R6、R6及 COR7組成之群, 其中R7係選自由Η、OH、OR8、CHR9R10及NR9R10組成之 群,其中R6、R8、R9及R1G可相同或不同且係獨立選自由 以下各物組成之群:Η、烷基、芳基、雜烷基、雜芳基、 環烷基、環烷基、芳基烷基、雜芳基烷基、 CH(R1)COOR11、CH(Rr)CONR12R13、CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2) COOR11 > CHCR'^CONHCHC^^CONR^R13 > CH(Rr)CONHCH (R2,)Rf > CHCR/^CONHCHC^^CONHCHC^^COOR11 > CH(Rr) C0NHCH(R2,)C0NHCH(R3,)C0NR12R13 、CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2) CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)COORn 、 CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2) 120556.doc -56- 200810821 CONHCH(R3’)CONHCH(R4’)CONR12R13、CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2) CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)CONHCH(R5,)COORn、及 CH(Rr) CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)CONHCH(R5)CONR12R13 ,其中 R1、R2·、R3’、R4’、R5’、R11、R12、r13 及 r’可相同或不 同且係獨立選自由Η、烷基、芳基、雜烷基、雜芳基、環 烷基、烷基芳基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基及雜芳烷基組成 之群; Ζ係選自Ο、Ν或CH ; W可存在或不存在,且若w存在,則w係選自C = 0、C = S 或S02 ;且 R、Rf、R2、R3及R4係獨立選自由以下各物組成之群: Η ; CkCw烧基;C2-C1G烯基;c3_Cyf<烷基;C3-C8雜環烷 基、烧氧基、芳氧基、烧硫基、芳硫基、胺基、酿胺基、 酯、羧酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、酮、醛、氰基、硝基;氧、 氮、硫或填原子(其中該氧、氮、硫或磷原子計數為〇至 6);(環烷基)烷基及(雜環烷基)烷基,其中該環烷基係由3 至8個碳原子,及0至6個氧、氮、硫或磷原子構成,且該 烷基具有1至6個碳原子;芳基;雜芳基;烷基芳基;及烷 基雜芳基; 其中該烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯基、芳基、雜芳基、 環烧基及雜環烧基部分可視情況經取代,其中該術語,,經 取代”係指視情況且化學適合地經一或多個選自由烷基、 烯基、快基、芳基、芳烷基、環烷基、雜環、鹵素、羥 基、硫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、醯 120556.doc -57- 200810821 胺基、酯、羧酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、酮、醛、氰基、硝 基、磺酸胺基、亞砜、颯、磺醯基脲、醯肼及氫草醯胺酸 酉旨組成之群之部分取代。Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in the formula: G is a carbonyl group; J and oxime may be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of: Η, 烧基,院Alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, aryloxy, heterooxy, heterocyclic Oxyl, cycloalkoxy, alkylamino, arylamine, calcination 120556.doc -55- 200810821 arylamino, arylamine, heteroarylamine, cycloalkylamine and hetero a cycloalkylamino group, which is limited to γ may be optionally substituted by X11 or χΐ2; X11 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic a group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylaryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylheteroaryl group or a heteroarylalkyl moiety, with the proviso that X11 may be optionally substituted with X12; X12 is hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkyl Sulfon Base, arylsulfonylamino group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxy S basket amine group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, alkylureido group, aryl urea group, dentate, cyano group Or a nitro group, wherein the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the aryl group may be optionally substituted with a moiety independently selected from X12; R1 is COR5 or C(OR)2, wherein R5 is selected from ruthenium, OH, a group consisting of OR8, NR9R10, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, CF2R6, R6 and COR7, wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, OH, OR8, CHR9R10 and NR9R10, wherein R6, R8, R9 and R1G may be the same or different and Is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, CH(R1) COOR11, CH(Rr)CONR12R13, CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2) COOR11 > CHCR'^CONHCHC^^CONR^R13 > CH(Rr)CONHCH (R2,)Rf > CHCR/^CONHCHC^^CONHCHC ^^COOR11 > CH(Rr) C0NHCH(R2,)C0NHCH(R3,)C0NR12R13, CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2) CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)COORn, CH(R1,)CONHCH(R2 120556.doc -56- 200810821 CONHCH(R3')CONHCH(R4')CON R12R13, CH(Rr)CONHCH(R2) CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)CONHCH(R5,)COORn, and CH(Rr) CONHCH(R2,)CONHCH(R3,)CONHCH(R4,)CONHCH(R5 CONR12R13 wherein R1, R2, R3', R4', R5', R11, R12, r13 and r' may be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl a group consisting of a cycloalkyl group, an alkylaryl group, an alkylheteroaryl group, an arylalkyl group, and a heteroaralkyl group; the lanthanide is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, osmium or CH; W may or may not be present, and if w is present , wherein w is selected from C = 0, C = S or S02; and R, Rf, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of: Η; CkCw alkyl; C2-C1G alkenyl; c3_Cyf<;alkyl; C3-C8 heterocycloalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiol, arylthio, amine, amide, ester, carboxylic acid, urethane, urea, ketone, Aldehyde, cyano, nitro; oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or atomic (wherein the oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom counts from 〇 to 6); (cycloalkyl)alkyl and (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl Wherein the cycloalkyl group consists of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms and from 0 to 6 oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atoms And the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; an aryl group; a heteroaryl group; an alkylaryl group; and an alkylheteroaryl group; wherein the alkyl group, heteroalkyl group, alkenyl group, heteroalkenyl group, aryl group, The heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl moieties may be optionally substituted, wherein the term, substituted, is optionally and chemically suitably selected from one or more selected from alkyl, alkenyl, fast radical, Aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, halogen, hydroxy, thio, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, hydrazine 120556.doc -57- 200810821 Amino , esters, carboxylic acids, urethanes, ureas, ketones, aldehydes, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonic acid amine groups, sulfoxides, hydrazines, sulfonyl ureas, hydrazine and hydroxamic acid Part of the group is replaced.
結構式IV之化合物具有以下結構:The compound of formula IV has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式IV中: Y係選自由以下部分組成之群:烷基、烷基芳基、雜烷 基、雜芳基、芳基雜芳基、烷基雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧 基、烷基芳氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環烷氧基、環烷 氧基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、 雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基及雜環烷基胺基,其限制條件為 γ可視情況經X11或X12取代; X11為烷基、浠基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、 烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基,其限制條件為χΐι可另外視情 況經X12取代; X12為羥基、烧氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳琉 基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基錯酿 120556.doc •58- 200810821 基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧 醯胺基、絲基m基胺基、燒氧基羧基氧基、烧基脈基、 芳基脲基、i素、氰基或硝基,其限制條件為該烧基、烧 氧基及芳基可另外視情況經獨立選自χΐ2之部分取代; R1係選自以下結構: I-"""(Rl1)k I-N^^^(Rl1)kOr a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula IV: Y is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl Heteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkoxy, alkylamino, aromatic Amino group, alkylarylamino group, arylamino group, heteroarylamino group, cycloalkylamino group and heterocycloalkylamino group, the limitation condition is that γ may be substituted by X11 or X12; X11 is Alkyl, fluorenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, alkyl heteroaryl Or a heteroarylalkyl group, the limitation is that the oxime may be optionally substituted by X12; X12 is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a thio group, an alkylthio group, an aryl fluorenyl group, an amine group, an alkylamine Base, arylamine, alkylsulfonyl, aryl miscellaneous 120556.doc •58- 200810821 base, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxamide Silk-based m-amine a group, an alkoxycarboxyoxy group, an alkyl group, an aryl urea group, an i group, a cyano group or a nitro group, wherein the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the aryl group may be independently selected from the group consisting of Part 2 is substituted; R1 is selected from the following structure: I-"""(Rl1)k IN^^^(Rl1)k
其中k為可相同或不同之〇至5之數,Rll表示可選之取代 基’其中各取代基係獨立地選自由以下基團組成之群:烷 基、烯基、炔基、芳基、環烷基、烷基芳基、雜烷基、雜 芳基、芳基雜芳基、烷基雜芳基、烷氧基、烷基芳氧基、 φ 芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環烷氧基、環烷氧基、烷基胺基、 芳基胺基、烷基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烷 基胺基、雜環烷基胺基、羥基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫基、 胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺 醯胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷 氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基脲基、_素、氰基及硝基, 其限制條件為R11(當R11矣Η時)可視情況經X11或X12取代; Ζ係選自〇、Ν、CH或CR ; W可存在或不存在,且若w存在,則W係選自c=o、 120556.doc •59- 200810821 〇S、C(=N-CN)或 S(02); Q可存在或不存在,且當Q存在時,Q為CH、N、P、Wherein k is a number which may be the same or different from 〇 to 5, and R11 represents an optional substituent wherein each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, Cycloalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, φ aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, hetero Cycloalkoxy, cycloalkoxy, alkylamino, arylamino, alkylarylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, cycloalkylamino, heterocycloalkylamino , hydroxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy Amidino, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, _, cyano and nitro, the limitation of which is R11 (when R11矣Η) is visible The condition is replaced by X11 or X12; the lanthanide is selected from lanthanum, cerium, CH or CR; W may or may not be present, and if w is present, the W is selected from c=o, 120556.doc • 59- 200810821 〇S, C(=N-CN) or S(02); Q may or may not exist In, and when Q is present, Q is CH, N, P,
(CH2)p、(CHR)p、(CRR’)P、ο、n(R)、s 或 S(02);且當 Q 不存在時,M可存在或不存在;當Q&M不存在時,A直接 鍵聯至L ; A為 Ο、CH2、(CHR)p、(CHR-CHR,)p ' (CRR,)P、N(R)、 s、S(〇2)或一鍵; E為CH、N、CR或朝向A、L或G之雙鍵; G可存在或不存在,且當(^存在時,G為(CH2)p、(CHR)p 或(CRR’)p ;且當G不存在時,j存在且E直接連接式所 鍵聯之碳原子; J可存在或不存在,且當j存在時,j為(CH2)p、(CHR)p或 (CRR%、S(02)、NH、N(R)或〇 ;且當j不存在時,G存在 且E直接鍵聯式I中所示直接鍵聯至j之n; l可存在或不存 在’且當L存在時,L為CH、C(R)、〇、s或N(R);且當L 不存在時,則Μ可存在或不存在;且若M存在而[不存在, 則Μ直接且獨立鍵聯至e,且J直接且獨立鍵聯至e ; Μ可存在或不存在,且當撾存在時,μ為〇、n(r)、s、 S(〇2)、(CH2)P、(CHR)P(CHR-CHR’)P4(CRR,)P ; p為0至6之數;且 R、R/、R、R3及r4可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自 由Η ’ C^-Cio烧基;c2_Ci〇烯基;C3_C8環烧基;c3-C8雜環 烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、醯胺 基、酯、羧酸、胺基曱酸酯、脲、酮、醛、氰基、硝美、 120556.doc -60- 200810821 鹵素、(環烷基)烷基及(雜環烷基)烷基組成之群,其中該 環烷基係由3至8個碳原子,及〇至6個氧、氮、硫或磷原子 構成,且該烷基具有1至6個碳原子;芳基;雜芳基;烷基 芳基;及烷基雜芳基; & ,、τ該跪基、雜炫基、烯基、雜烯基/ 、(CH2)p, (CHR)p, (CRR')P, ο, n(R), s or S(02); and when Q is not present, M may or may not exist; when Q&M does not exist When A is directly bonded to L; A is Ο, CH2, (CHR)p, (CHR-CHR,)p '(CRR,)P, N(R), s, S(〇2) or one bond; E is CH, N, CR or a double bond towards A, L or G; G may or may not be present, and when (^ is present, G is (CH2)p, (CHR)p or (CRR')p; And when G is absent, j exists and E directly links the carbon atom to which the bond is attached; J may or may not exist, and when j is present, j is (CH2)p, (CHR)p or (CRR%, S(02), NH, N(R) or 〇; and when j is absent, G exists and E is directly bonded to the n of j as shown in formula I; l may or may not exist and When L is present, L is CH, C(R), 〇, s or N(R); and when L is not present, Μ may or may not exist; and if M is present [is not present, then Μ directly Independently linked to e, and J is directly and independently linked to e; Μ may or may not exist, and when Laos is present, μ is 〇, n(r), s, S(〇2), (CH2)P , (CHR)P(CHR-CHR')P4(CRR,)P ; p is a number from 0 to 6; R, R/, R, R3 and r4 may be the same or different and each independently selected from Η 'C^-Cio alkyl; c2_Ci decenyl; C3_C8 cycloalkyl; c3-C8 heterocycloalkyl, alkoxy , aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amino phthalate, urea, ketone, aldehyde, cyano, nitrocellulose, 120556.doc -60- 200810821 A group of halogen, (cycloalkyl)alkyl and (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl groups, wherein the cycloalkyl group is from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and up to 6 oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atoms Composition, and the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; aryl; heteroaryl; alkylaryl; and alkylheteroaryl; &, τ, thiol, helo, alkenyl, hetero Alkenyl / ,
裱烷基及雜環烷基部分可視情況經取代,其中該術語"經 取代"係指經一或多個可相同或不同之部分取代,各取代 基係獨立選自由烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳烷基、環烷 基、雜環基、齒素、經基、硫基、炫氧基、芳氧基、= 基、芳硫基、胺基、醯胺基、醋、鲮酸、胺基甲酸二L .脲、ί、氰基、確基、續醢胺基、亞硬、硬、確二義 脈、酿耕及氫卓酿胺酸g旨組成之群; 、 此外其中該單元示五員 > 昌戸此声々士磁 4 又衣、、、口構或 /、貝%狀%結構,其限制條件為當該單元N_cThe decyl and heterocycloalkyl moieties may be optionally substituted, wherein the term "substituted" means substituted by one or more moieties which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl , alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, dentate, thiol, thio, methoxy, aryloxy, aryl, arylthio, amine, amidino, A group consisting of vinegar, citric acid, urethane, L. urea, ί, cyano, decyl, hydrazine, subhard, hard, succinct, fermented, and hydroquinone; In addition, the unit shows five members> Changyi's voice, gentleman's magnetic 4, clothing, or mouth structure or /, shell% % structure, the restriction condition is when the unit N_c
表不五員環狀環結構,或當式];中包含N、C、G、E J N y'Q及Μ之雙環結構表示五員環狀環結構時二:: ί哀狀裱結構缺乏作為該五員環狀環 ^貝 結構式V之化合物具有以下結構:The five-membered annular ring structure, or the formula]; contains a double-ring structure of N, C, G, EJN y'Q and Μ, which represents a five-membered annular ring structure. The five-membered cyclic ring compound of the formula V has the following structure:
R1 砟分的羰基。 120556.doc -61 - 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式v中: (1) R1 為-C(0)R5或-B(OR)2 ; (2) R5為Η、-OH、-OR8、-NR9R10、-C(0)0R8、-C(0)NR9R10、 _CF3、-C2F5、C3F7、-CF2R6、-R6、_C(0)R7 或 NR7S02R8 ; (3) R7為 H、-OH、-OR8或-CHR9R1(); (4) R6、R8、R9及R1()係獨立選自由以下各物組成之 群:Η、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜烷基、雜芳基、環烷基、 芳基烷基、雜芳基烷基、R14、-CI^R1 )01(1^)(:(0)01111、 [CH(R1,)]pC(0)OR11 ^ -[CH(Rr)]pC(0)NR12R13 - .[CH(R1,)]pS(02)Rn --[CH(R1,)]pC(0)R11 ^ -[CH(R1,)]pS(02)NR12R13 ^ CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)(Rt) > CH(Rr)CH(Rr)C(0)NR12R13 > -CHCR'^CHCR1,)8(02)^11 ^ >CH(R1,)CH(R1,)S(02)NR12R13 ^ -CH(R1,)CH(R1,)C(0)R11 ^ - [CH(R! )] pCH(OH)R11 ^ -CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)0R11 > C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)0R11 ^ -C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)Rn ^ CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)NR12R13 ^ -CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)R, ^ CH(Rr)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H) CH(R3,)C(0)0Rn > CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)CH(R3,)NR12R13 ^ CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)NR12R13 > CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)0R11 > H(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)NR12R13 ' CH(Rr)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)N(H)CH (R5’)C(0)0Ru 及)c(o)n(h)ch(r3’)c(o)n (H)CH(R4,)C(0)N(H)CH(R5,)C(0)NR12R13 ; •62- 120556.doc 200810821 其中 R1、R2.、R3·、R4·、r5·、Rll、Rl2 及 r13可相同或不 同,各部分係獨立選自由以下基團組成之群:Η、鹵素、 烷基、芳基、.雜烷基、雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧基、芳氧 基、烯基、炔基、烷基芳基、烷基雜芳基、雜環烷基、芳 基烷基及雜芳烷基; 或 R12及R13鍵聯在一起,其中組合為環烷基、雜環烷基、 芳基或雜芳基; R14存在或不存在且若存在,則係選自由Η、烷基、芳 基、雜烷基、雜芳基、環烷基、烷基芳基、烯丙基、烷基 雜芳基、烷氧基、芳基烷基、烯基、炔基及雜芳烷基組成 之群; (5) R及R’存在或不存在且若存在則可相同或不同,各 部分係獨立選自由以下基團組成之群:Η、0H、Cl_Cl〇燒 基、C2-C1G烯基、C3-C8環烷基、(:3-〇:8雜環烷基、烷氧 基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、胺 基、酸胺基、芳硫基胺基、芳基魏基胺基、芳基胺基竣 基、烧基胺基叛基、雜烧基、烯基、炔基、(芳基)烧基、 雜芳基烷基、酯、羧酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、嗣、、氣 基、硝基、鹵素、(環烷基)烷基、芳基、雜芳基、(烧基) 芳基、烧基雜方基、烧基雜芳基及(雜環燒基)烧基,i中 該環烷基係由3至8個碳原子,及0至6個氧、氮、硫或鱗原 子構成,且該烷基具有1至6個碳原子; (6) L’為Η、OH、烧基、雜烧基、芳基、雜芳基、環燒 120556.doc -63- 200810821 基或雜環基; (7) Μ’為Η、烷基、雜烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基、 芳基烷基、雜環基或胺基酸側鏈; 或L’及Μ’鍵聯在一起以形成環結構,其中結構式1之部分 由下式表示:R1 is a carbonyl group. 120556.doc -61 - 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in formula v: (1) R1 is -C(0)R5 or -B(OR)2; (2 R5 is Η, -OH, -OR8, -NR9R10, -C(0)0R8, -C(0)NR9R10, _CF3, -C2F5, C3F7, -CF2R6, -R6, _C(0)R7 or NR7S02R8 ; 3) R7 is H, -OH, -OR8 or -CHR9R1(); (4) R6, R8, R9 and R1() are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl ,heteroalkyl,heteroaryl,cycloalkyl,arylalkyl,heteroarylalkyl, R14,-CI^R1 )01(1^)(:(0)01111, [CH(R1,)] pC(0)OR11 ^ -[CH(Rr)]pC(0)NR12R13 - .[CH(R1,)]pS(02)Rn --[CH(R1,)]pC(0)R11 ^ -[CH (R1,)]pS(02)NR12R13 ^ CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)(Rt) > CH(Rr)CH(Rr)C(0)NR12R13 > - CHCR'^CHCR1,)8(02)^11 ^ >CH(R1,)CH(R1,)S(02)NR12R13 ^ -CH(R1,)CH(R1,)C(0)R11 ^ - [ CH(R! )] pCH(OH)R11 ^ -CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)0R11 > C(0)N(H)CH(R2, )C(0)0R11 ^ -C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)Rn ^ CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)NR12R13 ^ -CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)R, ^ CH(Rr)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H CH(R3,)C(0)0Rn > CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)CH(R3,)NR12R13 ^CH(R1,)C(0 N(H)CH(R2,)C(0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)NR12R13 > CH(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C( 0) N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)0R11 > H(R1,)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C (0)N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)NR12R13 'CH(Rr)C(0)N(H)CH(R2,)C( 0) N(H)CH(R3,)C(0)N(H)CH(R4,)C(0)N(H)CH(R5')C(0)0Ru and)c(o)n( h)ch(r3')c(o)n (H)CH(R4,)C(0)N(H)CH(R5,)C(0)NR12R13; •62- 120556.doc 200810821 where R1, R2 And R3·, R4·, r5·, R11, Rl2 and r13 may be the same or different, and each part is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, hetero Aryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl; or R12 and R13 is bonded together, wherein the combination is a cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group; R14 is present or absent and, if present, is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, Heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl a group consisting of an allyl group, an allyl group, an alkylheteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an arylalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heteroaralkyl group; (5) the presence or absence of R and R' and, if present, The same or different, each moiety is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, 0H, Cl_Cl decyl, C2-C1G alkenyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, (: 3-indole: 8 heterocycloalkane) Alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylamino, arylamino, amine, acid amine, arylthioamino, aryl, propylamino, aryl Amino fluorenyl, alkylamino group, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, (aryl)alkyl, heteroarylalkyl, ester, carboxylic acid, urethane, urea, hydrazine, , gas group, nitro, halogen, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (alkyl) aryl, alkyl, aryl, and a group, wherein the cycloalkyl group is composed of 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and 0 to 6 oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or scale atoms, and the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; (6) L' is Η, OH, alkyl, miscible, aryl, heteroaryl, ring burning 120556.doc -63- 2 00810821 base or heterocyclic group; (7) Μ' is a hydrazine, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic or amino acid side chain; or L The 'and Μ' keys are joined together to form a ring structure, wherein the part of the structural formula 1 is represented by the following formula:
且其中結構式2由下式表示:And wherein the structural formula 2 is represented by the following formula:
其中在式2中: Ε存在或不存在且若存在則為c、ch、Ν或C(R) ; J存在 或不存在,且當j存在時,j為(CH2)p、(CHR-CHR,)p、 (CHR)P、(CRR’)P、S(〇2)、N(H)、N(R)或 ο ;當 J不存在且 G存在時,l直接鍵聯至標記為位置2之氮原子; P為〇至6之數; L存在或不存在,且當l存在時,乙為c(H)或C(R);當L 不存在時,Μ存在或不存在;若%存在而L不存在,則“直 接且獨立鍵聯至E,且J直接且獨立鍵聯至E; 120556.doc -64- 200810821 G存在或不存在,且當G存在時,G為(CH2)P、(CHR)P、 (CHR-CHR’)P或(CRR’)p ;當G不存在時,J存在且E直接連 接至標記為位置1之碳原子上; Q存在或不存在,且當Q存在時,q為NR、PR、 (CR=CR)、(CH2)p、(CHR)p、(CRR’)p、(CHR-CHRf)p、〇、 NR、S、SO或S02 ;當Q不存在時,M⑴直接鍵聯至A或 (11)為L上之獨立取代基,該獨立取代基係選自-〇 R、 -CH(R)(R’)、s(O)0_2R 或-NRR’或(iii)不存在;當 Q及 Μ兩者 均不存在時,Α直接鍵聯至L或Α為Ε上之獨立取代基,該 獨立取代基係選自-0R、_CH(R)(R,)、s(〇 V2r或氺RR,或A 不存在; A存在或不存在且若存在,則A為〇、〇(r)、、 (CHR)P、(CHR-CHR,)p、(CRR,)p、n(r)、NRR,、SP、 S(〇2)、-OR、CH(R)(R、tNRR,;或人連接至M形成脂環、 脂族或雜脂環橋; φ Μ存在或不存在,且當Μ存在時,]^為鹵素、〇、〇R、 N(R)、s、s(〇2)、(CH2)p、(chr)p(chr韻R,)p 或 (CRR’)p;或]^連接至八形成脂環、脂族或雜脂環橋; (8) Z’係由結構式3來表示:Wherein in Formula 2: Ε exists or does not exist and if present is c, ch, Ν or C(R); J exists or does not exist, and when j exists, j is (CH2)p, (CHR-CHR ,) p, (CHR)P, (CRR')P, S(〇2), N(H), N(R) or ο; when J does not exist and G is present, l is directly bonded to the mark as a position a nitrogen atom of 2; P is a number from 〇 to 6; L is present or absent, and when l is present, B is c(H) or C(R); when L is absent, Μ is present or absent; % exists and L does not exist, then "directly and independently bonded to E, and J is directly and independently bonded to E; 120556.doc -64- 200810821 G exists or does not exist, and when G exists, G is (CH2 P, (CHR)P, (CHR-CHR')P or (CRR')p; when G is absent, J is present and E is directly attached to the carbon atom labeled as position 1; Q is present or absent, And when Q is present, q is NR, PR, (CR=CR), (CH2)p, (CHR)p, (CRR')p, (CHR-CHRf)p, 〇, NR, S, SO or S02 When Q is absent, M(1) is directly bonded to A or (11) is an independent substituent on L, and the independent substituent is selected from -〇R, -CH(R)(R'), s(O) 0_2R or -NRR' or Iii) absent; when both Q and deuterium are absent, deuterium is directly bonded to L or deuterium to an independent substituent on the indole, the independent substituent being selected from -0R, _CH(R)(R,) , s (〇V2r or 氺RR, or A does not exist; A exists or does not exist and if present, then A is 〇, 〇(r), (CHR)P, (CHR-CHR,)p, (CRR, ) p, n(r), NRR, SP, S(〇2), -OR, CH(R)(R, tNRR,; or human connected to M to form an alicyclic, aliphatic or heteroalicyclic bridge; Μ exists or does not exist, and when Μ exists, ^^ is halogen, 〇, 〇R, N(R), s, s(〇2), (CH2)p, (chr)p(chr rhyme R,) p or (CRR')p; or ]^ is attached to an eight-alicyclic, aliphatic or heteroalicyclic bridge; (8) Z' is represented by structural formula 3:
其中在式3中: 烧基、烧基 Y係選自由以下基團組成之群:H、芳基、 120556.doc -65- 200810821 方基、雜烧基、雜方基、方基雜芳基、烧基雜芳基、環燒 基、烷氧基、烷基芳氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環烷氧 基、雜烷基-雜芳基、雜烷基-雜環烷基、環烷氧基、烷基 胺基、芳基胺基、烷基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、雜芳基胺 基、環烧基胺基及雜環烷基胺基,且Y未經取代或視情況 經一或兩個取代基所取代,該等取代基相同或不同且係獨 立選自X11或X12 ; X11為烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜%基烧基、方基、烧基方基、芳基烧基、雜芳基、 烧基雜芳基或雜芳基烧基,且X11未經取代或視情況經一 或多個X12部分取代,該等X12部分相同或不同且經獨立選 擇;· X12為羥基、烷氧基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳氧 基、疏基、烧硫基、芳硫基、胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺 基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基石黃醯 胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、烷基羰基、芳基魏 基、雜烧基魏基、雜芳基羧基、磧醯基脲、環烧基續醯胺 基、雜芳基-環烷基磺醯胺基、雜芳基-磺醯胺基、烧氧基 幾基胺基、烧氧基魏基氧基、烧基脲基、芳基脲基、_ 素、氣基或硝基’且該烧基、烧氧基及芳基未經取代或視 情況經一或多個部分取代,該等部分相同或不同且獨立選 自烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環基、雜 環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、烧基雜 芳基或雜芳基烷基; 120556.doc -66- 200810821 Z為 Ο、N、C(H)或 C(R); R31為Η、羥基、芳基、烷基、烷基芳基、雜烷基、雜芳 基、芳基雜芳基、烷基雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基芳 氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環烷氧基、雜烷基-雜芳 基、環烧氧基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧基芳基胺基、芳 基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基或雜環烷基胺基,且 R31未經取代或視情況經一或兩個取代基取代,該等取代 基相同或不同且獨立選自X13或X14 ; X13為烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、 烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基,且R13未經取代或視情況經一 或多個相同或不同且經獨立選擇之X14部分取代; X14為羥基、烷氧基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳氧 基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺 基、烧基續酿基、芳基續酿基、烧基續酿胺基、芳基確酿 胺基、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、烷基羰基、芳基羰 基、雜烷基羰基、雜芳基羰基、環烷基磺醯胺基、雜芳 基-環烧基確酸胺基、雜芳基續酸胺基、烧氧基魏基胺 基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基脲基、鹵素、氰基 或石肖基’且該烧基、烧氧基及芳基未經取代或視情況經一 或多個部分取代,該等部分相同或不同且獨立選自烷基、 烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷 基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、烷基雜芳基或 雜芳基烷基; 120556.doc -67- 200810821 w可存在或不存在,且若w存在,則界為c卜〇)、 C(=s)、C(=N-CN)或 s(02); (9) X由結構式4來表示·· (O)e (CH)a — (C - C)b~ (〇)〇 — (S)d— (A)f — r29 ^30^30 【29, 其中在式4中: 鲁 a為2、3、4、5、6、7、8或 9; b、e、d、e及 f為 〇、1 ' 2、3、4 或 5 ; A為 C、N、S或 Ο ; R及R29係獨立存在或不存在,且若存在,則可相同或 不同,其各自獨立經一或兩個取代基所取代,該等取代基 獨立選自由以下基團組成之群:Η、鹵基、烷基、芳基、 環统基、環烷基胺基、環烷基胺基羰基、氰基、羥基、烧 氧基、烷硫基、胺基、-ΝΗ(烷基)、_ΝΗ(環烷基)、·Ν(烷 • 基)2、羧基、c(o)o烷基、雜芳基、芳烷基、烷基芳基、 务稀基、雜芳烧基、烧基雜芳基、雜芳烯基、輕基烧基、 芳氧基、芳烷氧基、醯基、芳醯基、硝基、芳氧基羰基、 务烧氣基幾基、烧基確酸基、芳基磺醯基、雜芳基石黃醯 基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、雜芳基亞磺醯基、芳 硫基、雜芳基硫基、芳烷硫基、雜芳烷硫基、環烯基、雜 環基、雜環烯基、YiYzN-烧基、YiYzNC^O)-及YiYzNSCV ’其中Yi&Y2可相同或不同且係獨立選自由以下各物組成 之群:氫、烷基、芳基及芳烷基;或 120556.doc -68- 200810821 R及R鍵聯在一起以組合為具有〇至6個碳之脂族或雜 脂族鏈; R存在或不存在且若存在,則經一或兩個獨立選自由 Η、烧基、芳基、雜芳基及環烧基組成之群之取代基取 代; (10) D由結構式5來表示: (〇)i II · —(CJH)g — (C)h — (N)j — (A)k—(C=C)1 — (CH)m — • ^ ^33 ^34 其中在式5中: R32、R33及R34存在或不存在且若存在,則獨立經一或兩 個獨立選自由以下各物組成之群之取代基所取代:Η、鹵 基、烷基、芳基、環烷基、環烷基胺基、螺烷基、環烷基 胺基幾基、氰基、羥基、烷氧基、烷硫基、胺基、_ΝΗ(烷 基)、-ΝΗ(環烷基)、-Ν(烷基)2、羧基、-C(〇)〇-烷基、雜 _ 芳基、芳烷基、烷基芳基、芳烯基、雜芳烷基、烷基雜芳 基、雜芳烯基、羥基烷基、芳氧基、芳烷氧基、醯基、芳 酸基、硝基、芳氧基羰基、芳烷氧基羰基、烷基磺醯基、 芳基磺醯基、雜芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯 基、雜芳基亞磺醯基、芳硫基、雜芳基硫基、芳烷硫基、 雜芳烷硫基、環烯基、雜環基、雜環烯基、Υιγ2Ν-烷基、 Υ!Υ2Ν(:(0)-及Y^YzNSCV,其中丫〗及γ2可相同或不同且係 獨立選自由以下各物組成之群:氫、烷基、芳基及芳烷 基;或 120556.doc -69· 200810821 R及R冑接在_起以便組合形成我基之部分 g為 1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8或9 ; h、1、j、k、、1、2、3、4或5 ;且 A為 C、N、S或 〇, (Π)其限制條件為當結構式2:Wherein in Formula 3: the alkyl group and the alkyl group Y are selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, 120556.doc -65- 200810821, ketone, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroaryl , arylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocycloalkoxy, heteroalkyl-heteroaryl, heteroalkyl-heterocycle An alkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group, a cycloalkylamino group, and a heterocycloalkylamino group, and Y is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or two substituents which are the same or different and are independently selected from X11 or X12; X11 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, naphthenic Alkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl or heteroaryl, and X11 unsubstituted or Wherein the case is substituted by one or more X12 moieties which are identical or different and independently selected; X12 is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, Sulfur-based, arylthio, amine , an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfinylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy oxime group, an alkane Alkylcarbonyl, aryl-Wilyl, heteroalkyl-based, aryl-carboxy, thiol urea, cycloalkyl hydrazino, heteroaryl-cycloalkylsulfonylamino, heteroaryl-sulfonate Amino, alkoxyamino, alkoxy-Wikioxy, decylureido, arylureido, _, gas or nitro' and the alkyl, alkoxy and aryl groups Substituted or optionally substituted by one or more moieties which are the same or different and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkane Alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; 120556.doc -66- 200810821 Z is hydrazine, N, C(H) or C (R); R31 is anthracene, hydroxy, aryl, alkyl, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkane Alkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkyl -heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, alkylamino, arylamine, alkylarylamine, arylamine, heteroarylamine, cycloalkylamino or heterocycloalkylamino And R31 is unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or two substituents which are the same or different and independently selected from X13 or X14; X13 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, naphthenic Alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and R13 unsubstituted or The situation is substituted by one or more identical or different and independently selected X14 moieties; X14 is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, aryl Thio group, amine group, alkyl amine group, aryl amine group, alkyl group, aryl aryl group, alkyl group, aryl group, aryl group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxy group Amine group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, heteroalkylcarbonyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonylamino group, heteroaryl-cycloalkyl acid group, heteroaryl acid group, burning Oxygenylamino group Alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, halogen, cyano or schismyl' and the alkyl, alkoxy and aryl groups are unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more moieties, The same moiety or the same and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl ,heteroaryl,alkylheteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; 120556.doc -67- 200810821 w may or may not be present, and if w is present, the boundary is c 〇), C(=s), C(=N-CN) or s(02); (9) X is represented by the structural formula 4. (O)e (CH)a — (C - C)b~ (〇)〇—(S)d — (A)f — r29 ^30^30 [29, where in Equation 4: Lu a is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9; b, e, d, e and f are 〇 , 1 ' 2, 3, 4 or 5; A is C, N, S or Ο; R and R29 are independent or absent, and if present, may be the same or different, each independently substituted by one or two Substituted, the substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylamine, ring Alkylaminocarbonyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amine, - fluorenyl (alkyl), hydrazine (cycloalkyl), hydrazine (alkyl), carboxyl, c (o) Oalkyl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, sulfhydryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, heteroaryl, light aryl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy Base, fluorenyl, aryl fluorenyl, nitro, aryloxycarbonyl, ketone group, alkyl group, aryl sulfonyl, heteroaryl fluorenyl, alkyl sulfinyl, aryl Sulfosyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkenyl, YiYzN- , YiYzNC^O)- and YiYzNSCV 'where Yi&Y2 may be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, aryl and aralkyl; or 120556.doc -68- 200810821 R and R are bonded together to form an aliphatic or heteroaliphatic chain having from 〇 to 6 carbons; R is present or absent and, if present, one or two independently selected from ruthenium, alkyl, aryl Group of heteroaryl and cycloalkyl groups Substituted by the base; (10) D is represented by the formula 5: (〇)i II · —(CJH)g — (C)h — (N)j — (A)k—(C=C)1 — ( CH) m — • ^ ^33 ^34 wherein in Formula 5: R32, R33 and R34 are present or absent and, if present, independently substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: : hydrazine, halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylamino, spiroalkyl, cycloalkylamino, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amine, _ΝΗ(alkyl), -ΝΗ(cycloalkyl), -Ν(alkyl)2,carboxy, -C(〇)〇-alkyl, hetero-aryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, arene Base, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, decyl, aryl, nitro, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkyloxy Carbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, arylthio, heteroaryl Thio group, aralkylthio group, heteroaralkylthio group, cycloalkenyl group, heterocyclic group, heterocycloalkenyl group, Υιγ2Ν-alkyl group, Υ!Υ2Ν (:(0)- and Y^YzNSCV, wherein 丫 and γ2 may be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl and aralkyl; or 120556.doc-69 · 200810821 R and R are connected to each other so that the part g of the combination is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9; h, 1, j, k, 1, 2 3, 4 or 5; and A is C, N, S or 〇, (Π) whose constraint is when Equation 2:
且 w4ch或ν’以下條件性結論(i)及(ii)兩者適用: 條件性結論⑴:z,不為-NH-R36,其中R36為Η、C6或10芳 基雜芳基、-C(〇)-R37、-C(〇)_〇R37 或 _c(〇) nhr37,其 中汉37為〇1_6烷基或(:3-6環烷基; 且 條件性結論(ii) : R1不為-C(0)0H,_C(0)0H之醫藥學上 120556.doc -70- 200810821 可接受之鹽、-C(0)0H或-C(0)NHR38之酯,其中R38係選自 由Cw烷基、C3_6環烷基、C6^1G芳基或C7-16芳烷基組成之 群。 結構式VI之化合物具有以下結構:And conditional conclusions (i) and (ii) below w4ch or ν' apply: Conditional conclusion (1): z, not -NH-R36, wherein R36 is Η, C6 or 10 arylheteroaryl, -C (〇)-R37, -C(〇)_〇R37 or _c(〇) nhr37, wherein Han 37 is 〇1_6 alkyl or (:3-6 cycloalkyl; and conditional conclusion (ii): R1 does not An acid of -C(0)0H, _C(0)0H 120556.doc -70- 200810821 acceptable salt, -C(0)0H or -C(0)NHR38, wherein R38 is selected from a group consisting of Cw alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C6^1G aryl or C7-16 aralkyl. The compound of formula VI has the following structure:
且包括其醫藥學上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式VI中: "Cap"為Η、烷基、烷基芳基、雜烷基、雜芳基、芳基雜 芳基、烧基雜芳基、環烧基、烧氧基、烧基芳氧基、芳氧 基、雜芳氧基、雜環氧基、環烷氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、 芳基胺基、烧基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烧 • 基胺基、羧基烷基胺基、芳基烷氧基或雜環基胺基,其中 該烷基、烷基芳基、雜烷基、雜芳基、芳基雜芳基、烷基 雜芳基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基芳氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧 基、雜環氧基、環烧氧基、胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、 烷基芳基胺基、芳基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基、羧 基烷基胺基、芳基烷氧基或雜環基胺基之每一者可未經取 代或視情況經一或兩個取代基所取代,該等取代基可相同 或不同且獨立選自X1及X2 ; 120556.doc -71 - 200810821 P,為-NHR; χ1為烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜環基院基、芳基、烧基芳基、蒡基烧基、芳基雜芳 基、雜芳基、雜環基胺基、烷基雜芳基或雜芳基烷基,且 X可未經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個可相同或不同且獨 立選擇之X2部分所取代; χ為經基、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫 鲁基、芳硫基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、 芳基磺醯基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、羧基、烷氧 羰基、綾醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷 基脲基、芳基脲基、鹵素、氰基、酮、酯或硝基,其中該 烷基、烷氧基及芳基各自可未經取代或視情況獨立經一或 多個部分所取代,該等部分可相同或不同且係獨立選自烷 基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環基、雜環基 烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、芳基雜芳基、雜芳 Φ 基、雜環基胺基、烷基雜芳基及雜芳基烷基; w可存在或不存在,且當|存在時,界為c(=0)、 C(=s)、C(=NH)、C(=N-OH)、C(=N-CN)、S(O)或 S(02); Q可存在或不存在,且當Q存在時,Q為N(R)、P(R)、 CR=CR’、(cH2)p、(CHR)P、(CRR,)p、(CHR-CHR%、Ο、 s、S(o)或S(〇2);當Q不存在時,M(i)直接鍵聯至A或(ii)M 為L·上之獨立取代基且a為E上之獨立取代基,其中該獨立 取代基係選自-OR、-CH(R,)、S(0)〇-2R或-NRR,;當 Q與 Μ 兩者均不存在時,Α直接鍵聯至L或Α為Ε上之選自_OR、 120556.doc -72- 200810821 CH(R)(R’)、-S(0)〇-2R或-NRR’之獨立取代基; A存在或不存在且若存在,則八為_〇_、-〇(r)Ch2_、 (CHR)p-、-(CHR-CHR’)p-、(CRR,)p、N(R)、NRR,、s 或 S(〇2),且當Q不存在時,人為_〇R、CH(R)(R,)或_NRR,; 且當A不存在時,q&e藉由鍵相連接或卩為M上之獨立取 代基; E存在或不存在且若存在,則e為cH、N、C(R);And includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or esters thereof; wherein in Formula VI: "Cap" is anthracene, alkyl, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl heteroaryl , alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclooxy, cycloalkoxy, amine, alkylamino, aromatic An amino group, a pyraryl aryl group, an arylamine group, a heteroarylamino group, a cycloalkylamino group, a carboxyalkylamino group, an arylalkoxy group or a heterocyclic amino group, wherein the alkane Base, alkylaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, Heterocyclicoxy, cycloalkoxy, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, alkylarylamine, arylamine, heteroarylamine, cycloalkylamino, carboxyalkyl Each of the amine, arylalkoxy or heterocyclylamino groups may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or two substituents which may be the same or different and independently selected from X1 and X2 120556.doc -71 - 200810821 P, for -N HR; χ1 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, alkylaryl, fluorenyl, aryl a heteroaryl group, a heteroarylamino group, an alkylheteroaryl group or a heteroarylalkyl group, and X may be unsubstituted or optionally independently one or more X2 moieties which may be the same or different and independently selected Substituted; hydrazine, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, alkylsulfonate Base, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, decylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylurea Or an aryl urea group, a halogen, a cyano group, a ketone, an ester or a nitro group, wherein the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the aryl group are each unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more moieties, such Portions may be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkane Base, aryl heteroaryl a heteroaryl group, a heterocyclic amino group, an alkylheteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group; w may or may not exist, and when | is present, the bound is c(=0), C(=s ), C(=NH), C(=N-OH), C(=N-CN), S(O) or S(02); Q may or may not exist, and when Q is present, Q is N (R), P(R), CR=CR', (cH2)p, (CHR)P, (CRR,)p, (CHR-CHR%, Ο, s, S(o) or S(〇2) When Q is absent, M(i) is directly bonded to A or (ii) M is an independent substituent on L· and a is an independent substituent on E, wherein the independent substituent is selected from -OR, -CH(R,), S(0)〇-2R or -NRR,; when both Q and Μ are absent, Α directly linked to L or Α is selected from _OR, 120556.doc -72- 200810821 CH(R)(R'), -S(0)〇-2R or -NRR' independent substituent; A exists or does not exist and if present, then eight is _〇_, -〇(r ) Ch2_, (CHR)p-, -(CHR-CHR')p-, (CRR,)p, N(R), NRR,, s or S(〇2), and when Q does not exist, artificial _ 〇R, CH(R)(R,) or _NRR,; and when A is absent, q&e is linked by a bond or 卩 is an independent substituent on M; E exists or does not exist If present, e is cH, N, C (R);
0可存在或不存在,且當G存在時,G為(CH2)P、(CHR)P 或(CRR)p,當g不存在時,j存在且E直接連接至標記為位 置1之碳原子上; J可存在或不存在,且當j存在時,:[為((::11山、((::1111_0 may or may not be present, and when G is present, G is (CH2)P, (CHR)P or (CRR)p, when g is absent, j is present and E is directly attached to the carbon atom labeled as position 1. On; J may or may not exist, and when j exists,: [for ((::11山,((::1111_)
CHR )p、(CHR)p、(CRR,)p、s(〇2)、n(H)、N(R)或 〇 ;當 J 不存在且G存在時,L直接鍵聯至標記為位置2之氮原子 上; L可存在或不存在,且當L存在時,L為CH、N或cr;當 φ L不存在時,Μ存在或不存在;若乂存在而l不存在,則M 直接且獨立連接至E,且J直接且獨立鍵聯至E ; Μ可存在或不存在,且當μ存在時,M為〇、n(r)、$、 S(〇2)、(CH2)p、(CHR)P、(CHR-CHR,)P或(CRR,)P; p為0至6之數; R、R及R3可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由以下各 基團組成之群:H、Cl_Cl〇烷基、C2_Ci〇烯基、C3_C8環烷 基vC^C:8雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、 胺基、醯胺基、芳硫基胺基、芳基幾基胺基、芳基胺基敌 120556.doc -73- 200810821 基、烧基胺基魏基、雜烧基、雜烯基、烯基、炔基、芳基 烷基、雜芳基烷基、酯、羧酸、胺基甲酸酯、脲、酮、 醛、氰基、硝基、_素、(環烷基)烷基、芳基、雜芳基、 烧基芳基、烷基雜芳基、烷基雜芳基及(雜環基)烷基; (CRR,)中之R及可鍵聯在一起以組合形成環烧基或雜 環基部分;且 R1為魏基。 結構式VII之化合物具有以下結構:CHR )p, (CHR)p, (CRR,)p, s(〇2), n(H), N(R) or 〇; when J is absent and G is present, L is directly bonded to the label as a position L on the nitrogen atom; L may or may not exist, and when L is present, L is CH, N or cr; when φ L is absent, Μ exists or does not exist; if 乂 exists and l does not exist, then M Directly and independently connected to E, and J is directly and independently bonded to E; Μ may or may not exist, and when μ is present, M is 〇, n(r), $, S(〇2), (CH2) p, (CHR)P, (CHR-CHR,)P or (CRR,)P; p is a number from 0 to 6; R, R and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from the group consisting of the following groups Group: H, Cl_Cl decyl, C2_Ci decyl, C3_C8 cycloalkyl vC^C: 8 heterocyclic, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decyl , arylthioamino group, arylarylamino group, arylamine group enemy 120556.doc -73- 200810821 group, alkylamino group, ketone group, heteroalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aromatic Alkyl, heteroarylalkyl, ester, carboxylic acid, urethane, urea, ketone, aldehyde, cyano, nitro, _, (cycloalkane) An alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl, alkylheteroaryl, and (heterocyclyl)alkyl; R in (CRR,) Combining to form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic moiety; and R1 is a Wei group. The compound of formula VII has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式VII中: Μ 為 〇、n(H)或 CH2 ; η為 〇-4 ; R1 為-or6、 其中R6及R7可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由氫、烷 基、烯基、炔基、雜烷基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、芳基、 芳基烷基、雜芳基、雜芳基烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、 —基、胺基、芳基胺基及烧基胺基組成之群; 120556.doc -74- 200810821 R4及R5可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、烧基、 芳基及環烷基組成之群;或R4與R5共同形成環狀5員至7員 X S、、、 環之部分以使得部分由其中k為0至2之h /來表 示; X係選自由以下各基團組成之群:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula VII: Μ is 〇, n(H) or CH2; η is 〇-4; R1 is -or6, wherein R6 and R7 are the same Or different, each of which is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl a group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic alkyl group, a group, an amine group, an arylamine group, and an alkylamino group; 120556.doc -74- 200810821 R4 and R5 may be the same or different and each independently Selecting a group consisting of a ruthenium, an alkyl group, an aryl group and a cycloalkyl group; or R4 and R5 together forming a ring-shaped 5 to 7 member XS, and a part of the ring such that a portion thereof is from 0 to 2 of h / To indicate; X is selected from the group consisting of the following groups:
其中P為1至2 ’ q為1-3且P2為烧基、芳基、雜芳基、雜烧 基、環烧基、二烷基胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或環烷基 φ 胺基; 且 R3係選自由以下各基團組成之群:芳基、雜環基、雜芳 基、Wherein P is 1 to 2' q is 1-3 and P2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, alkylamino, arylamine or ring An alkyl group of φ; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heterocyclic, heteroaryl,
120556.doc -75- 200810821120556.doc -75- 200810821
其中Y為0、S或NH,且z為CH或N,且R8部分可相同或不 同,各R8係獨立選自由氫、烷基、雜烷基、環烷基、芳 基、雜芳基、雜環基、羥基、胺基、芳基胺基、烷基胺 基、一烧基胺基、_基、烧硫基、芳硫基及烧氧基組成之 群。 結構式VIII之化合物具有以下結構··Wherein Y is 0, S or NH, and z is CH or N, and the R8 moieties may be the same or different, and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, A group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an arylamine group, an alkylamino group, a monoalkylamino group, a sulfhydryl group, a thiol group, an arylthio group, and an alkoxy group. The compound of the formula VIII has the following structure··
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式VIII中: Μ為 Ο、N(H)或 CH2 ; R1為-C(0)NHR6,其中R6為氫、烷基、烯基、炔基、雜 烷基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基、 雜芳基烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、羥基、胺基、芳基胺 基或烧基胺基; P1係選自由烧基、烯基、炔基、環燒基鹵代燒基組成之 群; 120556.doc -76 - 200810821 P3係選自由烷基、環烷基、芳基及經芳基稠合之環烧基 組成之群; R與R5可相同或不同’其各自係獨立選自由Η、 芳基及環烷基組成之群;或R4與R5共同形成環狀5員至7員Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula VIII: Μ is Ο, N(H) or CH2; R1 is -C(0)NHR6, wherein R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, Alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxy, An amine group, an arylamino group or an alkylamino group; P1 is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl halide group; 120556.doc -76 - 200810821 P3 is selected from an alkyl group a group consisting of a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group and an aryl group fused to a cyclyl group; R and R5 may be the same or different 'each of which is independently selected from the group consisting of an anthracene, an aryl group and a cycloalkyl group; or R4 and R5 together form a ring of 5 to 7 members
來表 環之部分以使得部分賽由其中k為〇至2之 示; x係選自由以下各基團組成之群:Part of the ring is such that part of the game is represented by k from 〇 to 2; x is selected from the group consisting of:
# 其中P為1至2,q為1至3且p2為院基、芳基、雜芳基、雜烧 基、環烧基、二烷基胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或環烷基 胺基; 且 R3係選自由以下各基團組成之群:芳基、雜環基、雜芳# wherein P is 1 to 2, q is 1 to 3 and p2 is a deutero, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, alkylamino, arylamine or a cycloalkylamine group; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heterocyclic, heteroaryl
120556.doc -77- 200810821120556.doc -77- 200810821
其中Y為0、s或NH,且Z為CH或N,且R8部分玎相同或不 同’各R8係獨立選自由氫、烧基、雜烧基、環炫基、务 基、雜芳基、雜環基、羥基、胺基、芳基胺基、烷基胺 _ 基、一烧基胺基、鹵素、烧硫基、芳硫基及烧氧基組成之 群。 結構式IX之化合物具有以下結構:Wherein Y is 0, s or NH, and Z is CH or N, and R8 is partially the same or different. Each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl group, a heteroalkyl group, a cyclodyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a heteroaryl group, A group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an arylamine group, an alkylamine group, a monoalkyl group, a halogen group, a sulfur-burning group, an arylthio group, and an alkoxy group. The compound of formula IX has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式IX中: Μ為 〇、N(H)或 CH2 ; η為 0-4 ; Η 〇 R1 為-OR6、-NR6r7 或 其中R6與R7可相同或不同,其各自係镯立選自由氫、烷 120556.doc -78- 200810821 基、烯基、炔基、雜烷基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、芳基、 务基烧基、雜芳基、雜芳基烧基、雜環基、雜環基烧基、 經基、胺基、芳基胺基及烷基胺基組成之群; R4與R5可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、烧基、 芳基及環烧基組成之群;或R4與R5共同形成環狀5員至7員 環之部分以使得部分^乂丨^-丨由其中k為〇至2之0/來表 不y X係選自由以下基團組成之群:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula IX: Μ is 〇, N(H) or CH2; η is 0-4; Η 〇 R1 is -OR6, -NR6r7 or R6 and R7 may be the same or different, each of which is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkane 120556.doc-78-200810821, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, a group consisting of a sulfhydryl group, a heteroaryl group, a heteroarylalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfhydryl group, an amine group, an arylamine group, and an alkylamine group; R4 and R5 may be the same or Differently, each of them is independently selected from the group consisting of an anthracene, an alkyl group, an aryl group and a cycloalkyl group; or R4 and R5 together form a part of a ring of 5 to 7 members to make a part of the ring k is 〇 to 2 of 0 / to represent y X is selected from the group consisting of:
其中P為1至2’ 至3且p2為烷基、芳基、雜芳基、雜烷 基、環烧基、二烧基胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基或環烧基 胺基; 且 以下基團組成 之群:芳基、雜環基、雜芳 R3係選自由 基、 120556.doc 79- 200810821Wherein P is from 1 to 2' to 3 and p2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, alkylamino, arylamine or cycloalkylamine a group consisting of the following groups: aryl, heterocyclic, heteroaryl R3, free radical, 120556.doc 79- 200810821
其中Y為0、S或NH,且Z為CH或N,且R8部分可相同或不 • 同,各r8係獨立選自由氫、烷基、雜烷基、環烷基、芳 基、雜芳基、雜環基、羥基、胺基、芳基胺基、烧基胺 基、二烷基胺基、幽基、烷硫基、芳硫基及烷氧基組成之 群。Wherein Y is 0, S or NH, and Z is CH or N, and the R8 moieties may be the same or not, and each r8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl A group consisting of a hetero group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an arylamine group, an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, a leuco group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, and an alkoxy group.
結構式X之化合物具有以下結構:The compound of formula X has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或g旨; 其中在式X中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為η、烷基、烯基-、炔基-、芳基、 雜烷基_、雜芳基-、環烷基_、雜環基_、芳基烷基_或雜芳 基烷基; 120556.doc -80- 200810821 A與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自r、〇r、 NHR、NRR’、SR、S02R及鹵基;或A與Μ互相連接以使得 以上式I中所示之部分:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or glycerin thereof; wherein in the formula X: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is η, alkyl, alkenyl-, alkynyl-, aryl, heteroalkyl- , heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; 120556.doc -80- 200810821 A may be the same or different from hydrazine, each of which is independently selected from r , 〇r, NHR, NRR', SR, S02R and halo; or A and Μ are interconnected such that the moiety shown in the above formula I:
形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烷基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; _ E為C(H)或 C(R); L為 C(H)、C(R)、CH2C(R)或 C(R)CH2 ; R、、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係由Η、烷基-、 烯基-、炔基-、環烷基-、雜烷基-、雜環基-、芳基、雜芳 基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜環基)烷基-、芳基烷基-及雜芳基 烷基-組成之群;或NRR’中之R及R/互相連接以使得NRR* 形成四員至八員雜環基; 且Υ係選自以下部分:Form three, four, six, seven or eight members of cycloalkyl, four to eight membered heterocyclic groups, six to ten members of aryl or five to ten members of heteroaryl; _ E is C ( H) or C(R); L is C(H), C(R), CH2C(R) or C(R)CH2; R, R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is a ruthenium or an alkyl group. - alkenyl-, alkynyl-, cycloalkyl-, heteroalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, aryl, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkyl- a group of arylalkyl- and heteroarylalkyl-; or R and R/ in NRR' are interconnected such that NRR* forms a four to eight membered heterocyclic group; and the lanthanide is selected from the following:
其中G為ΝΗ或Ο ;且R15、R16、R17及R18可相同或不同,其 120556.doc -81 - 200810821 各自係獨立選自由H、燒基、雜燒基、稀基、雜婦基、块 基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳美 及雜芳基烷基組成之群,或Rl5與Rl6互相連接形成四員: 八員環烧基、雜芳基或雜環基結構,且同樣r17及Ri8獨立 互相連接形成三員至八員環烷基或雜環基; 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自由以 之部分取代:經基、统氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烧硫:之: 硫基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯 基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷基 磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺 基、燒氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基 脲基、鹵基、氰基及硝基。 «ΙΑ* · 物.Wherein G is ruthenium or osmium; and R15, R16, R17 and R18 may be the same or different, and each of 120556.doc -81 - 200810821 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, miscible, dilute, heteropoly, and a group consisting of a hetero group, a heteroalkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group, or R15 and Rl6 are bonded to each other to form a four member: an eight member cycloalkyl group, a heteroaryl or heterocyclic structure, and likewise r17 and Ri8 are independently bonded to each other to form a three to eight membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group Each may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently substituted by one or more selected from the group consisting of: a thiol group, an oxy group, an aryloxy group, a thio group, a sulfur-burning group: a thio group, an amine group, an amidino group, Alkylamino, arylamino, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonylamino, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino , ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboguanamine, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, halo, cyano and nitro. «ΙΑ* · Things.
在一實施例中,’’至少一種化合物”為結構式χΙ之化合In one embodiment, ''at least one compound' is a combination of structural formulas
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XI中: 120556.doc -82- 200810821 R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基-、烯基…块基_、芳基、 雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基-、雜環基-、芳基烧基或雜芳 基烧基; Α與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自r、、 SR、SO#及鹵基;或A與Μ互相連接(換言之, 接在一起)以便以上式I中所示之部分:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XI: 120556.doc -82 - 200810821 R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is fluorene, alkyl-, alkenyl group Alkyl, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; hydrazine and hydrazine may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of r, SR, SO# and halo; or A and Μ are interconnected (in other words, joined together) for the part shown in the above formula I:
形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烷基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; E為 C(H)或 C(R); L為 C(H)、C(R)、CH2C(R)或 C(R)CH2 ; R、R1、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、 烷基-、烯基·、炔基_、環烧基_、雜烧基_、雜環基…芳 基-、雜芳基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜環基)烷基-、芳基烷 基-及雜芳基烷基-組成之群;或NRR,中之R及R,互相連接 以使得NR9R1G形成四員至八員雜環基; Y係選自以下部分:Form three, four, six, seven or eight members of cycloalkyl, four to eight membered heterocyclic groups, six to ten members of aryl or five to ten members of heteroaryl; E is C (H Or C(R); L is C(H), C(R), CH2C(R) or C(R)CH2; R, R1, R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from the group consisting of Alkyl-, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl-, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkane a group of benzyl-, arylalkyl- and heteroarylalkyl- groups; or NRR, wherein R and R are interconnected such that NR9R1G forms a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; Y is selected from the following:
其中γ3〇及γ31係選自 120556.doc -83 - 200810821 ΤΛΛ Τ2 Τ3 Τ3 、 +3 、 Τ3Where γ3〇 and γ31 are selected from 120556.doc -83 - 200810821 ΤΛΛ Τ2 Τ3 Τ3, +3, Τ3
其中u為0_6之數; X係選自 Ο、NR15、NC(0)R16、s、S(O)及 S〇2 ; G為NH或O ;且 R15、R16、R17、R18、R19、Tl、T2、T3及 T4可相同或不 同,其各自係獨立選自由H、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯 基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、 雜芳基及雜芳基烷基組成之群,或R17與R18互相連接形成 三員至八員環烷基或雜環基; 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自以下部分組成之群之 部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、醢胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧基磧酿基、 芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷基磺醯 胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、 烧氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基腺 基、_基、氰基及硝基。 結構式XII之化合物具有以下結構: 120556.doc -84- 200810821 M A L—E 〇Wherein u is 0_6; X is selected from Ο, NR15, NC(0)R16, s, S(O) and S〇2; G is NH or O; and R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, Tl , T2, T3 and T4 may be the same or different and each independently selected from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl a group consisting of arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl, or R17 and R18 are bonded to each other to form a three to eight membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl Each of the cycloalkyl or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, Arylthio, amine, decylamino, alkylamino, arylamine, alkyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonylamino, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl Sulfonamide, arylsulfonylamino, ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxylamido, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, aryl gland, _ Base, cyano and nitro. The compound of formula XII has the structure: 120556.doc -84- 200810821 M A L-E 〇
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XII中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為H、烷基-、烯基-、炔基·、芳基· 、雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基-、雜環基-、芳基烷基-或雜 芳基烧基; A與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自尺、011、 NHR、NRR1、SR、S02R及鹵基;或Α與Μ互相連接以使得 以上式I中所示之部分:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XII: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is H, alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl, aryl, heteroalkyl -heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; A and oxime may be the same or different, each independently selected from the ruler, 011, NHR, NRR1 , SR, S02R and halo; or Α and Μ are interconnected to make the moiety shown in formula I above:
形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烧基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; Ε為 C(H)或 C(R); L為 C(H)、C(R)、CH2C(R)或 C(R)CH2 ; R、IT、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、 烧基-、烤基-、快基-、壤烧基-、雜烧基-、雜壞基-、方 基、雜芳基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜環基)烷基-、芳基烷基- 120556.doc -85 - 200810821 及雜芳基烧基-組成之群;或NRR,中之化與尺,互相連接以使 得NRR’形成四員至八員雜環基; 且Y係選自以下部分:Form three, four, six, seven or eight members of the ring, four to eight members of the heterocyclic group, six to ten members of the aryl or five to ten members of the heteroaryl; Ε for C (H Or C(R); L is C(H), C(R), CH2C(R) or C(R)CH2; R, IT, R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from Η, Anthracenyl-, roastyl-, fast-radical, lyophilic-, miscible-, heterorule-, aryl, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkane a group of aryl-, arylalkyl-120556.doc-85 - 200810821 and a heteroarylalkyl group; or NRR, a combination of a ruthenium and a ruthenium, such that the NRR' forms a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group. ; and Y is selected from the following sections:
其中G為NH或0 ;且Ri5、Rl6、Rl7、r18及Rl9可相同或不 同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯 基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、 雜芳基及雜芳基烷基組成之群,或(i)Ri5與Ri6互相連接形 成四員至八員環狀結構或rH與Rl9互相連接以形成四員至 八員環狀結構,且(Π)同樣R17與R!8獨立互相連接形成三員 至八員環烷基或雜環基; 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自以下部分組成之群之 部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳琉 基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、 芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、 烧基、芳基、雜芳基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、 烧氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基腺 基、S基、氰基及硝基。 120556.doc -86- 200810821Wherein G is NH or 0; and Ri5, Rl6, Rl7, r18 and Rl9 may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl a group consisting of a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group, or (i) Ri5 and Ri6 are bonded to each other to form a four- to eight-membered ring structure or rH Interconnected with Rl9 to form a four- to eight-membered cyclic structure, and (R) is also independently R17 and R!8 are independently bonded to each other to form a three- to eight-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; wherein the alkyl group, the aryl group, Each of the heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkane Thio group, aryl fluorenyl group, amine group, decylamino group, alkylamino group, arylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, aryl group Sulfonamide, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboguanamine, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, aryl gland , S group, a cyano group and a nitro group. 120556.doc -86- 200810821
結構式XIII之化合物具有以下結構: Μ A ΝThe compound of formula XIII has the structure: Μ A Ν
Ο R3 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XIII中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基-、烯基-、炔基、芳基- 、雜烧基-、雜芳基-、環烧基-、雜環基-、芳基烧基-或雜 芳基烷基; Α與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自r、〇R、 NHR、NRR’、SR、S02R及鹵基;或A與Μ互相連接(換言 之,A_E-L-M連接在一起)以使得以上式I中所示之部分: \_/ 刀 形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烷基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; E為 C(H)或 C(R); L為 C(H)、C(R)、CH2C(R)或 C(R)CH2 ; R、R,、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、 烷基-、烯基-、炔基…環烷基_、雜烷基…雜環基…芳 120556.doc -87- 200810821 基-、雜芳基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜環基)烷基-、芳基烷 基-、及雜芳基烷基組成之群;或NRR’中之R與1^互相連接 以使得NRR,形成四員至八員雜環基; 且Y係選自以下部分:Or R3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XIII: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is fluorene, alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl, aryl-, miscellaneous Base-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; hydrazine and hydrazine may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of r, 〇R, NHR , NRR', SR, S02R and halo; or A and Μ are interconnected (in other words, A_E-LM are connected together) to make the part shown in Formula I above: \_/ Knife forming three members, four members, six , seven or eight members of cycloalkyl, four to eight membered heterocyclic groups, six to ten members of aryl or five to ten members of heteroaryl; E is C(H) or C(R); Is C(H), C(R), CH2C(R) or C(R)CH2; R, R, R2 and R3 may be the same or different and each independently selected from hydrazine, alkyl-, alkenyl- , alkynyl...cycloalkyl-,heteroalkyl...heterocyclyl...aryl 120556.doc -87- 200810821 phenyl-, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkyl- a group of arylalkyl-, and heteroarylalkyl groups; or R in the NRR' is interconnected to form NRR, forming four members Eight heterocyclic group; and Y is selected from the following:
R/e Οχ//0 R19 17 R18 °Nx/P R19r1^S^n^VgV r2。乂〇 r17 r18 °xv? R19 R15〆 R15、 或 R16 Λ〇 R17 R18 R20 ° 18 其中G為NH或O,且RI5、Ri6、r〗7、R丨8、r19&r2〇可相同 或不同’其各自係獨立選自由H、Ci_Ci〇烷基、CrCi〇雜燒 基、c2-c10烯基、c2-c10雜烯基、c2_Ci()块基、C2_Ci〇雜炔 基、C3-C8環烧基、C3-C8雜環基、芳基、雜芳基組成之 群’或:⑴R15與R16可互相連接形成四員至八員環烷基或 雜環基’或心以互相連接形成五員至人請烧基或雜 環基’或R15與R2G互相連接形成五員$ 取貝至八員環烷基或雜環 基,且(ii)同樣R17與R18獨立互相連接 口 基或雜環基, 接Hu八貝環燒 120556.doc •88· 200810821 其中該烧基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自以下部分組成之群之 部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧基績醯基、 芳基磺醯基、續隨胺基、燒基績醯胺基、芳基續醯胺基、 酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、燒氧 基幾基乳基、烧基脲基、芳基脈基、_基、氰基及硝基。 結構式XIV之化合物具有以下結構:R/e Οχ//0 R19 17 R18 °Nx/P R19r1^S^n^VgV r2.乂〇r17 r18 °xv? R19 R15〆R15, or R16 Λ〇R17 R18 R20 ° 18 where G is NH or O, and RI5, Ri6, r, 7, R丨8, r19&r2〇 may be the same or different' Each of them is independently selected from H, Ci_Ci 〇 alkyl, CrCi oxalate, c2-c10 alkenyl, c2-c10 heteroalkenyl, c2_Ci() block, C2_Ci〇 alkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl a group of C3-C8 heterocyclic groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups or: (1) R15 and R16 may be bonded to each other to form a four to eight membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group ' or a core to form a five member to a human Please base or heterocyclic group ' or R15 and R2G are linked to each other to form five members, from shell to eight-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group, and (ii) the same R17 and R18 are independently bonded to the group or heterocyclic group. Hu 八贝环烧120556.doc •88· 200810821 wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of Part of the group is substituted: hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, alkyl, aryl base Sulfonyl group, continuation with amine group, alkyl group, aryl group, ketone, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxy oxime group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkoxy group , a ureido group, an aryl group, a yl group, a cyano group and a nitro group. The compound of formula XIV has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或g旨; 其中在式XIV中:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or glycerin thereof; wherein in formula XIV:
R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基、烯基…炔基…芳基、 雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基_、雜環基…芳基烷基或雜芳 基烧基; Α及Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自R、〇R、 NHR、NRR’、SR、S02R及鹵基; 或A與M互相連接以使得以上式I中所示之部分:R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is hydrazine, alkyl, alkenyl ... alkynyl...aryl, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl...arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl And Α and Μ may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from R, 〇R, NHR, NRR', SR, S02R and a halogen group; or A and M are linked to each other such that the moiety shown in Formula I above:
120556.doc -89- 200810821 形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烷基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基·, E為 C(H)或 Ο ; L為 C(H)、C=、CH2C =或 C=CH2 ; R、R’、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自由Η、 烧基、雜烧基、稀基、雜稀基、炔基、雜炔基、環燒基、 雜環基、芳基、芳基烧基、雜芳基及雜芳基烧基組成之 群,或NRR/中之R與R’互相連接以使得NRR,形成四員至八 員雜環基; 且Υ係選自以下部分:120556.doc -89- 200810821 Form three, four, six, seven or eight members of cycloalkyl, four to eight members of heterocyclic, six to ten aryl or five to ten members Base, E is C(H) or Ο; L is C(H), C=, CH2C= or C=CH2; R, R', R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from Η, a group consisting of a pyridyl group, a miscible group, a dilute group, a heterocyclic group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroaryl group. Or NRR/where R and R' are linked to each other such that the NRR forms a four to eight membered heterocyclic group; and the lanthanide is selected from the following:
其中G為ΝΗ或Ο ;且R15、R16、R17及R18可相同或不同,其 各自係選自由Η、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯基、炔基、 雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基及雜芳基組成之群,或 (i)R15與R16互相連接形成四員至八員環狀結構,且(Π)同樣 R17與R18獨立互相連接形成三員至八員環烷基或雜環基; 120556.doc • 90- 200810821 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自以下部分組成之群之 部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、 芳基石黃酿基、續酸胺基、烧基績酸胺基、芳基績感胺基、 烷基、芳基、雜芳基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、 烧氧基Μ基胺基、烧氧基魏基氧基、烧基脈基、芳基脈 基、鹵基、氮基及石肖基。 結構式XV化合物具有以下結構:Wherein G is hydrazine or hydrazine; and R15, R16, R17 and R18 may be the same or different and each selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkane a group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, or (i) R15 and R16 are bonded to each other to form a four- to eight-membered cyclic structure, and (R) is also independently R17 and R18 are independently bonded to each other to form a three-member An eight-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; 120556.doc • 90-200810821 wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group can each be unsubstituted or optionally independently one or more Substituting a moiety selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decylamino, alkylamino, arylamine, alkane Sulfosyl group, aryl stone yellow base, acid-reductive amine group, alkyl amide group, aryl-based amine group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, ketone group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxy group Amine group, alkoxyalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryl group, halogen group, nitrogen group and schlossyl group. The structural XV compound has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XV中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基-、芳基-、雜烷基-、雜芳 基-、環烷基-、環烷基-、芳基烷基或雜芳基烷基; Ε與J可相同或不同,其各自係選自由R、OR、NHR、 NRR7、SR、鹵基及S(02)R組成之群,或E與J可直接互相 連接形成三員至八員環烷基或三員至八員雜環基部分; Z為N(H)、-N(R)或Ο,其限制條件為當Z為Ο時,G存在 120556.doc •91 · 200810821 或不存在且若G存在且Z為〇,則(}為c(=〇); G可存在或;j;存在’且若G存在,則㈣以 且當G不存在時,z直接連接至γ; MS(Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XV: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is hydrazine, alkyl-, aryl-, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, ring An alkyl-, cycloalkyl-, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl group; Ε and J may be the same or different, each selected from the group consisting of R, OR, NHR, NRR7, SR, halo and S(02) a group consisting of R, or E and J may be directly linked to form a three to eight membered cycloalkyl or a three to eight member heterocyclic moiety; Z is N(H), -N(R) or hydrazine, the limitation thereof The condition is that when Z is Ο, G exists 120556.doc •91 · 200810821 or does not exist and if G exists and Z is 〇, then (} is c(=〇); G may exist or; j; exists 'and if G exists, then (d) and when G is not present, z is directly connected to γ; MS (
Y係選自由以下基團組成之群··Y is selected from the group consisting of the following groups··
X =〇,S, NHX =〇,S, NH
X=〇,S,NH 120556.doc -92- 200810821 •N、Vi、(?X=〇,S,NH 120556.doc -92- 200810821 •N, Vi, (?
f3c- A=0,NH ; R、R7、R2、R3、尺4及r5可相同或不同,其各自係選自 由以下基團組成之群:H、烷基_、烯基_、炔基-、環烷基_ 、雜烧基…雜環基-、芳基-、雜芳基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜 環基)烷基-、芳基烷基-及雜芳基烷基_,其中該雜烷基、雜 芳基及雜環基各自獨立具有⑴個氧、氮、硫或麟原子; 其中該烷基、雜烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、環 烧基及雜環基部分各自可未經取代聽情況獨立經一或多 個選自由以下部分組成之群之部 烷基、烯基、炔 基、方基、方烷基、環烷基、雜 ^ — 雜%基、自基、羥基、硫 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、 方石瓜基、胺基、醯芙、 酉旨、羧酸、胺基甲酸醋、脲、_ 土 ^ # 略11基、硝基、磺醯 月女基、亞砜、颯、磺醯基脲、酸 馱肼及虱卓醯胺酸 結構式XVI化合物具有以下結構:F3c-A=0, NH; R, R7, R2, R3, 4 and r5 may be the same or different, each selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl- , cycloalkyl-, heteroalkyl (heterocyclyl), heteroaryl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkyl-, arylalkyl- and heteroaryl Alkyl group, wherein the heteroalkyl group, heteroaryl group and heterocyclic group each independently have (1) an oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or a lining atom; wherein the alkyl group, heteroalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, Each of the heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl moieties may be independently unsubstituted, independently of one or more selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aryl, Cycloalkyl, heterocyclo-hetero, pyrenyl, hydroxy, thio, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, squary, amine, oxime, carboxylic acid, amine Formic acid vinegar, urea, _ soil ^ # slightly 11 base, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, hydrazine, sulfonyl urea, hydrazine and hydrazide structural formula XVI compound has the following structure:
0 R3 120556.doc -93 - 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XVI中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基-、烯基-、炔基-、芳基 、雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基-、雜環基-、芳基烷基-或雜 芳基烷基; R2與R3可相同或不同,其各自係選自由以下基團組成之 群:Η、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯基、炔基、雜炔基、環 烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基及雜芳基烷基; a Y係選自以下部分:0 R3 120556.doc -93 - 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XVI: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is oxime, alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl -, aryl, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each selected from a group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and Heteroarylalkyl; a Y is selected from the following:
I20556.doc 94- 200810821 其中 G為 NH或 Ο ;且 Rl5、R16、R17、R18、Rl9、反Μ R22、R23、R24&R25可相同或不同,其各自係選自R 、 基團組成之群:Η、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯由以下 基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、、基、炔 及雜芳基烷基,或(i)R17與R18獨立互相連接形成=^芳基 員環烷基或雜環基;(ii)同樣,R15與R19獨立 員至八 相連接形成 四員至八員雜環基;(iii)同樣,R15與Rl6獨立 战 ^ 相連接形成 四貝至八員雜環基;(iv)同樣,R15與R20獨立互相連接〒乂 四員至八員雜環基;(V)同樣,R22與R23獨立互相連接形成成 員至八員環烷基或四員至八員雜環基;且(vi)同樣,R^與 獨立互相連接形成三員至八員環烷基或四員至八員雜環義· 其中該烧基、芳基、雜芳基、環烧基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自由以下部分組成之群 之部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳 硫基、胺基、醯胺基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基、烧基磺醯 基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷基 磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺 基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基 脲基、_基、氰基及硝基。 結構式XVII化合物具有以下結構:Wherein G is NH or hydrazine; and Rl5, R16, R17, R18, Rl9, ruthenium R22, R23, R24& R25 may be the same or different, each selected from the group consisting of R and a group of groups. An anthracene, an alkyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an alkenyl group or a heteroalkyl group derived from the following groups, a heteroalkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a aryl group, an alkyne group and a heteroarylalkyl group. Or (i) R17 and R18 are independently bonded to each other to form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; (ii) likewise, R15 and R19 are independently bonded to the octa-phase to form a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; Similarly, R15 and Rl6 are independently linked to form a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; (iv) Similarly, R15 and R20 are independently linked to each other from four to eight members; (V) Similarly, R22 is R23 is independently linked to each other to form a member to an eight-membered cycloalkyl group or a four-membered to eight-membered heterocyclic group; and (vi) likewise, R^ is independently bonded to each other to form a three- to eight-membered cycloalkyl group or a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group.环环· wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently passed through one or more selected from the group consisting of: Substituting: hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decylamino, alkylamino, arylamine, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonate Sulfhydryl, sulfonylamino, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxamide, alkoxycarbonylamine Alkyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, yl, cyano and nitro. The compound of formula XVII has the following structure:
Μ AΜ A
.R1 Y、 120556.doc 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XVII中: R1為NHR9,其中R9為H、烷基-、烯基-、炔基·、芳基- 、雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基-、雜環基-、芳基烷基-或雜 芳基烷基; A與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自R、OR、 NHR、NRRf、SR、S02R及鹵基;或A與Μ互相連接以使得 以上式I中所示之部分:.R1 Y, 120556.doc 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XVII: R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is H, alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl , aryl-, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; A and oxime may be the same or different, each independently selected From R, OR, NHR, NRRf, SR, S02R and halo; or A and Μ are interconnected to make the moiety shown in Formula I above:
形成三員、四員、六員、七員或八員環烧基、四員至八員 雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; Ε為 C(H)或 Ο ; L為 C(H)、C=、CH2C=或 C=CH2 ; R、R/、R2及R3可相同或不同,其各自係選自由以下基 團組成之群:Η、烷基-、烯基-、炔基-、環烷基-、雜烷 基-、雜環基-、芳基-、雜芳基-、(環烷基)烷基-、(雜環 基)烷基-、芳基烷基-及雜芳基烷基或NRR’中之R與 相連接以使得NRR1形成四員至八員雜環基; Y係選自以下部分··Form three, four, six, seven or eight members of the ring, four to eight members of the heterocyclic group, six to ten members of the aryl or five to ten members of the heteroaryl; Ε for C (H Or Ο; L is C(H), C=, CH2C= or C=CH2; R, R/, R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl - alkenyl-, alkynyl-, cycloalkyl-, heteroalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-, (cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkyl -, in the arylalkyl- and heteroarylalkyl or NRR', R is attached to the phase such that NRR1 forms a four-membered to eight-membered heterocyclic group; Y is selected from the following:
120556.doc -96- 200810821 其中y3()係選自; °w° V-/ Ο ο r T2 T3 、 丁1 T3 、 T3 其中u為0-1之數; X係選自 Ο、NR15、NC(0)R16、s、S(O)及 S02 ; G為NH或O ;且 R15、R16、R17、R18、R19、Tl、丁2及丁3可相同或不同, 其各自係選自由以下基團組成之群:H、烷基、雜烷基、 稀基、雜烯基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、 芳基烷基、雜芳基及雜芳基烷基;或R17與R18互相連接形 成三員至八員環烧基或雜環基; 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自由以下部分組成之群 之部分取代··羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳 硫基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺隨 基、芳基橫醯基、績醯胺基、烧基、芳基、雜芳基、燒基 磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮基、羧基、烷氧羰基、緩酸 胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳 基脲基、鹵基、氰基及硝基。 120556.doc -97- 200810821 結構式XVIII化合物具有以下結構:120556.doc -96- 200810821 where y3() is selected from; °w° V-/ Ο ο r T2 T3, D1 T3, T3 where u is 0-1; X is selected from Ο, NR15, NC (0) R16, s, S(O) and S02; G is NH or O; and R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, Tl, butyl 2 and butyl 3 may be the same or different, each selected from the group consisting of Group of groups: H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, dilute, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl An alkyl group; or R17 and R18 are bonded to each other to form a three to eight member cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group may be unsubstituted or otherwise The situation is independently substituted by one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decylamine, alkylamine Alkyl, arylamino, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, fluorenyl, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ketone , carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acid retardant amine group, alkoxycarbonylamino group Alkoxycarbonyl group, a ureido group, an aryl ureido group, a halogen group, a cyano group and a nitro group. 120556.doc -97- 200810821 The compound of formula XVIII has the following structure:
I 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XVIII中: R8係選自由烷基-、芳基-、雜烷基-、雜芳基-、環烷基-、 雜環基-、芳基烷基-、雜芳基烷基-及雜環基烷基組成之群; R9係選自由Η、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基及環烷基組成 之群; Α與Μ可相同或不同,其各自係獨立選自R、OR、 N(H)R、N(RR]、SR、S(02)R及鹵基;或A與Μ互相連接(換 φ 言之,A-E-L-M連接在一起)以使得上式I中所示之部分:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XVIII: R8 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl-, aryl-, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl-, a group consisting of a heterocyclic-, arylalkyl-, heteroarylalkyl-, and heterocyclylalkyl group; R9 is selected from the group consisting of an anthracene, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and a cycloalkyl group. Groups; Α and Μ may be the same or different, each of which is independently selected from R, OR, N(H)R, N(RR), SR, S(02)R and a halogen group; or A and Μ are interconnected (for φ, AELM is connected together) so that the part shown in the above formula I:
形成三員、四員、五員、六員、七員或八員環烧基、四員 至八員雜環基、六員至十員芳基或五員至十員雜芳基; Ε為 C(H)或 C(R); L為 C(H)、C(R)、CH2C(R)或 C(R)CH2 ; R與R’可相同或不同,其各自係選自由以下基團組成之 120556.doc -98- 200810821 群· Η、燒基·、烯基_、炔基_、環烧基_、雜炫基-、雜環 基·、芳基_、雜芳基_、(環烷基)烷基_、(雜環基)烷基_、 芳基烧基-及雜芳基烷基-;或N(RR,)中之R與R,互相連接以 使得N(RR’)形成四員至八員雜環基; R2與R3可相同或不同,其各自各基團係選自由Η、烷 基、雜烧基、烯基、雜烯基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、螺 連接之環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜芳基及雜芳 基烧基組成之群; Υ係選自以下部分:Form three, four, five, six, seven or eight members of the ring base, four to eight members of the heterocyclic group, six to ten members of the aryl or five to ten members of the heteroaryl; C(H) or C(R); L is C(H), C(R), CH2C(R) or C(R)CH2; R and R' may be the same or different and each is selected from the group consisting of Composition 120556.doc -98- 200810821 Group · hydrazine, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterodole group, heterocyclic group, aryl group, heteroaryl group _, ( Cycloalkyl)alkyl-, (heterocyclyl)alkyl-, arylalkyl- and heteroarylalkyl-; or R(R) in N(RR,) are interconnected such that N(RR' a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each of which is selected from the group consisting of anthracene, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, a group consisting of a cycloalkyl group, a spiro-linked cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group; the oxime system is selected from the following:
120556.doc •99- 200810821 或不同,其各自係選自由H、烷基、雜烷基、烯基、雜烯 基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷基、 雜芳基及雜芳基烷基組成之群,或⑴化^與…8獨立互相連 接形成二員至八員環烷基或雜環基;(ii)同樣,Ri5與Ri9獨 立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基;(iii)同樣,尺”與!^6 獨立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基;且(iv)同樣,r1s與 R獨立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基;120556.doc •99- 200810821 or different, each selected from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aromatic a group consisting of an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group, or (1) independently linked to each other to form a two to eight membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; (ii) likewise, Ri5 is independent of Ri9 Interconnected to form a four-membered to eight-membered heterocyclic group; (iii) Similarly, the ruler "and !^6 are independently interconnected to form a four-membered to eight-membered heterocyclic group; and (iv) likewise, r1s and R are independently linked to each other to form four To eight members of heterocyclic groups;
其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基、螺連接之環烷基 及雜環基各自可未經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自由 以下部分組成之群部分取代:羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫 基、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺 基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基、烯基、 方基、雜芳基、烷基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮、羧 基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基 氧基、烷基脲基、芳基脲基、_基、氰基及硝基。 結構式XIX之化合物具有以下結構:Wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, spiro-linked cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl groups may each be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of: Hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, amine, decylamino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, Sulfonamide, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxamide, alkoxycarbonylamine Alkyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, yl, cyano and nitro. The compound of structural formula XIX has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XIX中: Z係選自由雜環基部分、N(H)(烷基)、-N(烷基)2、_N(H)(環 120556.doc -100- 200810821 烷基)、-N(環烷基)2、-N(H)(芳基)、·Ν(芳基)2、-N(H)(雜環 基)、-N(雜環基)2、-N(H)(雜芳基)及·Ν(雜芳基h組成之群; R1為NHR9,其中R9為Η、烷基-、稀基-、炔基_、芳基、 雜烷基_、雜芳基_、環烷基-、雜環基_、芳基烷基-或雜芳 基烧基; R2與R3可相同或不同,其各自係選自由Η、烷基、雜烧 基、烯基、雜烯基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳 基、芳基烷基、雜芳基及雜芳基烷基組成之群; • Υ係選自以下部分:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XIX: Z is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, N(H)(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, _N( H) (ring 120556.doc -100- 200810821 alkyl), -N(cycloalkyl)2, -N(H)(aryl), Ν(aryl)2, -N(H)(heterocycle) , N-(heteroaryl), -N(H)(heteroaryl) and Ν(a group of heteroaryl h; R1 is NHR9, wherein R9 is fluorene, alkyl-, dilute- , alkynyl-, aryl, heteroalkyl-, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl- or heteroarylalkyl; R2 and R3 may be the same or different, each Is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkane Group of bases; • Lines are selected from the following:
120556.doc 101 - 200810821 其中 G為 NH或 〇 ;且尺15、Ri6、Rl7、r18、r19、r2〇及汉21 可 相同或不同’其各自係選自由H、燒基、雜烧基、稀基、 雜烯基、炔基、雜炔基、環烷基、雜環基、芳基、芳基烷 基、雜芳基及雜芳基烷基組成之群,或(丨汛^與…8獨立互 相連接形成二員至八員環烷基或雜環基;(^)同樣,Rl5與 R獨立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基;(iH)同樣,120556.doc 101 - 200810821 wherein G is NH or hydrazine; and Rule 15, Ri6, Rl7, r18, r19, r2〇 and Han 21 may be the same or different 'each of which is selected from H, alkyl, miscible, dilute a group consisting of a base, a heteroalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a heteroarylalkyl group, or (丨汛^ and ... 8 Independently interconnected to form a two to eight membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group; (^) Similarly, Rl5 and R are independently bonded to each other to form a four to eight membered heterocyclic group; (iH)
與R獨立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基;(iv)同樣,r1s 與R2G獨立互相連接形成四員至八員雜環基; 其中該烷基、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或雜環基各自可未 經取代或視情況獨立經一或多個選自以下部分組成之群之 部分取代:羥基、烷氡基、芳氧基、硫基、烷硫基、芳硫 基、胺基、醯胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基' 芳基磺醯基、磺醯胺基、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷基磺醯 胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、酮、羧基、烷氧羰基、羧醯胺基、 烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基脲 基、鹵基、氰基及硝基。 結構式XX之化合物具有以下結構: P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1Independently intercalated with R to form a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; (iv) likewise, r1s and R2G are independently bonded to each other to form a four- to eight-membered heterocyclic group; wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, naphthenic Each of the groups or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or, as the case may be, independently substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, alkanoyl, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, arylthio Amino, amidino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkylsulfonyl 'arylsulfonyl, sulfonylamino, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfonamide Base, arylsulfonylamino, ketone, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxylammonium, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, halo, cyanide Base and nitro group. The compound of formula XX has the following structure: P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1
或其醫藥學上可揍受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XX中: 120556.doc -102- 200810821 a為0或1 ; b為0或1 ; Y為HSCw烷基; B為Η、式R7-C(0)-之醯基衍生物或式RrSO2之磺醯基衍 生物,其中: R7為⑴視情況經叛基、Ci-6烧酸基氧基或Ci·6燒氧基取 代之Cl_lQ烧基, (ii)視情況經羧基、(Cw烷氧基)羰基或苯基甲氧基幾基 取代之〇:3_7環烷基;Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XX: 120556.doc -102- 200810821 a is 0 or 1; b is 0 or 1; Y is HSCw alkyl; B is Η, a sulfhydryl derivative of the formula R7-C(0)- or a sulfonyl derivative of the formula RrSO2, wherein: R7 is (1) optionally thiol, Ci-6 succinyloxy or Ci-6 oxynitride a substituted C1-lQ alkyl group, (ii) optionally substituted with a carboxyl group, a (Cw alkoxy)carbonyl group or a phenylmethoxy group; a 3-7 cycloalkyl group;
(in)視情況經(^·6烷基、羥基或胺基(視情況經Cl 6燒基 取代)取代之C6或C1G芳基或(1:7-16芳烧基;或 (iv)視情況經(^_6烷基、羥基、胺基(視情況經Cl-6烷基 取代)或醯胺基(視情況經Cw烷基取代)取代之Het; R6(若存在)為經羧基取代之Cl-6烷基;(in) a C6 or C1G aryl group substituted by (^.6 alkyl, hydroxy or amine (optionally substituted by Cl 6 alkyl) or (1:7-16 aryl; or (iv) The case is substituted by (^_6 alkyl, hydroxy, amine (optionally substituted by Cl-6 alkyl) or guanamine (optionally substituted by Cw alkyl); R6 (if present) is substituted by carboxyl group Cl-6 alkyl;
Rs(若存在)為視情況經羧基取代之C1-6烷基; R4為C^o烷基、Cm環烷基或c4.1G(烷基環烷基); R3為C^o烷基、C3·7環烷基或c4-1()(烷基環烷基); R2 為 CH2-R20、NH-R20、〇_r20 或 s_r2〇,其中 r2〇 為視情 況經Rn單取代、二取代或三取代之飽和或不飽和C3_7環烷 基或C4-1G(烷基環烷基)或Rm為視情況經Rn單取代、二取 代或二取代之(:6或<:1()芳基或(:7-16芳烷基, 或Rm為視情況經Rn單取代、二取代或三取代之Het或 (低碳烧基)-Het, 其中各Rn獨立為Cl-6烷基 基單取代或二取代之胺基; 基;函代烷基; :Cw烷氧基;視情況經Cl_6烷 石黃醯基;N02 ; OH ; SH ;鹵 視情況經(^-6烷基、c6或C1G芳基、(:7-16芳 120556.doc 200810821 烧基、Het或(低碳烷基)_Het單取代之醯胺基;羧基;羧基 (低碳烧基);C64C1G芳基、(:7-16芳烷基或Het,該芳基、 芳烷基或Het視情況經r22取代; 其中化22為(:1-6烷基;Cl_6烷氧基;視情況經(^_6烷基單取 代或二取代之胺基;磺醯基;n〇2 ; OH ; SH ;鹵基;鹵 代烧基;羧基;醯胺或(低碳烷基)醯胺;Rs, if present, is a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by a carboxy group; R4 is C^o alkyl, Cm cycloalkyl or c4.1G (alkylcycloalkyl); R3 is C^oalkyl, C3·7 cycloalkyl or c4-1()(alkylcycloalkyl); R2 is CH2-R20, NH-R20, 〇_r20 or s_r2〇, wherein r2〇 is monosubstituted or disubstituted by Rn as the case may be. Or a trisubstituted saturated or unsaturated C3_7 cycloalkyl or C4-1G(alkylcycloalkyl) or Rm is optionally substituted by a Rn, disubstituted or disubstituted (:6 or <:1() aryl Or (7-16 aralkyl, or Rm is Het or (lower alkyl)-Het monosubstituted, disubstituted or trisubstituted, as appropriate, wherein each Rn is independently a C1-6 alkyl group Substituted or disubstituted amine group; aryl group; Cw alkoxy group; optionally as Cl_6 alkane fluorenyl group; N02; OH; SH; halogenated by (^-6 alkyl, c6 or C1G aryl Base, (: 7-16 aromatic 120556.doc 200810821 alkyl, Het or (lower alkyl)_Het monosubstituted guanamine; carboxyl; carboxyl (low carbon alkyl); C64C1G aryl, (: 7-16 Aralkyl or Het, the aryl, aralkyl or Het is optionally substituted by r22; wherein 22 is (: 1-6 Alkyloxyl;Cl_6 alkoxy; optionally as a mono- or di-substituted alkyl group; sulfonyl; n〇2; OH; SH; halo; haloalkyl; carboxy; Lower alkyl) guanamine;
Ri為視情況經鹵素取代之C1-6烷基或C2_6烯基;且 W為經基或經n取代之胺基。 在式XX化合物之以上所示結構中,術語P6、P5、P4、 P3、P2及P1表示如熟習此項技術者所習知之各別胺基酸部 分。 結構式XXI化合物具有以下結構··Ri is a C1-6 alkyl group or a C2_6 alkenyl group optionally substituted by halogen; and W is a trans- or n-substituted amine group. In the structures shown above for the compound of the formula XX, the terms P6, P5, P4, P3, P2 and P1 represent the respective amino acid moieties as is known to those skilled in the art. The structural formula XXI compound has the following structure··
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XXI中: B為Η、(:6或0:1()芳基、(:7_16芳烷基;視情況經心^烷基 取代之Het或(低碳烷基)-Het; C!_6烷氧基;Cle6烷醯基;羥 基;經基烷基;自基;函代烷基;硝基;氰基;氰基烷 基;視情況經。〗.6烷基取代之胺基;醯胺基;或(低碳烷 基)醯胺; 或B為式Κ(Ο)-之醯基衍生物;式r4_〇-C(〇)_之羧基衍 120556.doc -104- 200810821 生物;式r4-n(r5)-c(o)-之醯胺衍生物;SR4-N(R5)-C(S)-之硫基醯胺衍生物;或式R4_S02之磺醯基衍生物,其中 R4為⑴視情況經羧基、Cw烷醯基、羥基、Cl-6烷氧 基、胺基(視情況經Cw烷基單取代或二取代)、醯胺基或 (低碳烷基)醯胺取代之Cm烷基; (ii) C3_7環烷基、C3-7環烷氧基或C4_1G烷基環烷基,其均 視情況經羥基、羧基、(Cw烷氧基)羰基、胺基(視情況經c!_6 烷基單取代或二取代)、醯胺基或(低碳烷基)醯胺取代; (iii) 視情況經Cw烷基單取代或二取代之胺基;醯胺 基;或(低碳烷基)醯胺; (iv) 視情況經Cw烷基、羥基、醯胺基、(低碳烷基)醯胺 或胺基(視情況經CN6烷基單取代或二取代)取代之c6或C10 方基或C7-16方烧基;或 (V)視情況經(^·6烷基、羥基、醯胺基、(低碳烷基)醯胺 或胺基(視情況經Cw烷基單取代或二取代)取代之Het或(低 碳烷基)-Het ; R5為Η或C!-6烷基; 其限制條件為當I為醯胺或硫基醯胺時,r4不為_(π)環 烧氧基; Υ為11或Ci-6烷基; ^為^^.8燒基、Cw環烷基或^ ^烷基環烷基,其均視情 況I羥基、Cw烷氧基、CrWi基烷基、醯胺基、(低碳烷 基)醯胺基、C6或C1G芳基或C716芳烷基取代; R2 為 CH2-R2〇、NH-R20、0-R2〇 或 S-R20,其中 R20 為飽和 120556.doc -105- 200810821 或不飽和CM環烷基或C4-1G(烷基環烷基),其均視情況經 Rn單取代、二取代或三取代,或R2AC64Cig芳基或C7i4 芳烧基’其均視情況經R21單取代、二取代或三取代, 或R2〇為Het或(低碳烷基)-Het,其均視情況經r2i單取 代、二取代或三取代 其中各Ru獨立為C!_6烷基;Cw烷氧基;低碳硫基烷 基;磺醯基;N02 ; 〇H ; SH ;鹵基;鹵代烷基;視情況 經(^_6烧基、〇6或(:1()芳基、C^4芳烷基、Het或(低碳烷 # 基)_Het單取代或二取代之胺基;視情況經(^-6烷基、(:6或 C10^基、CVw芳烧基、Het或(低碳烧基)-Het單取代之醯 胺基;緩基;羧基(低碳烷基);c:6或c1G芳基、C7-14芳烷基 或Het ’該芳基、芳烧基或Het視情況經R22取代; 其中R22為C!_6烧基;c^7環烷基;Cu烷氧基;視情況經 Cw烷基單取代或二取代之胺基;磺醯基;(低碳烷基)磺 酿基,N02 ; 〇H ; SH ;鹵基;鹵代烷基;羧基;醯胺; (低碳烧基)酿胺;或視情況經C16烧基取代之Het;Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XXI: B is hydrazine, (: 6 or 0: 1 () aryl, (: 7-16 aralkyl; as appropriate) Alkyl substituted Het or (lower alkyl)-Het; C!-6 alkoxy; Cle6 alkyl fluorenyl; hydroxy; alkylalkyl; self group; functional alkyl; nitro; cyano; Alkyl;, as the case may be. 6. Alkyl-substituted amine; guanamine; or (lower alkyl) decylamine; or B is a fluorenyl derivative of the formula Ο(Ο)-; -C(〇)_的carboxy derivative 120556.doc -104- 200810821 Biological; formula r4-n(r5)-c(o)-decanamine derivative; SR4-N(R5)-C(S)- a thioguanamine derivative; or a sulfonyl derivative of the formula R4_S02 wherein R4 is (1) optionally via a carboxyl group, a Cw alkanoyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C1-6 alkoxy group, an amine group (optionally Cw alkyl group) Substituted or disubstituted), decylamino or (lower alkyl) decylamine substituted Cm alkyl; (ii) C3_7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkoxy or C4_1G alkylcycloalkyl, both of which are considered In the case of a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a (Cw alkoxy)carbonyl group, an amine group (optionally substituted or disubstituted by c!_6 alkyl group), hydrazine Substituted or (lower alkyl) decylamine substituted; (iii) optionally substituted or disubstituted amine group via Cw alkyl; guanamine; or (lower alkyl) decylamine; (iv) optionally a C6 alkyl group or a C7-16 aryl group substituted with a Cw alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a decylamino group, a (lower alkyl) decylamine or an amine group (optionally substituted or disubstituted with a CN6 alkyl group); (V) Het or (low carbon) substituted by (^.6 alkyl, hydroxy, decylamino, (lower alkyl) decylamine or amine group (optionally Cw alkyl mono- or disubstituted)) Alkyl)-Het; R5 is hydrazine or C!-6 alkyl; the restriction is that when I is decylamine or thioguanamine, r4 is not _(π)cycloalkoxy; hydrazine is 11 or Ci -6 alkyl; ^ is ^^.8 alkyl, Cw cycloalkyl or ^^alkylcycloalkyl, all of which are optionally hydroxyl, Cw alkoxy, CrWialkyl, amidino, (low Carboalkyl) guanamine, C6 or C1G aryl or C716 aralkyl; R2 is CH2-R2, NH-R20, 0-R2 or S-R20, wherein R20 is saturated 120556.doc-105- 200810821 or unsaturated CM cycloalkyl or C4-1G (alkylcycloalkyl), which are optionally monosubstituted by Rn, Substituted or trisubstituted, or R2AC64Cig aryl or C7i4 arylalkyl group, which are optionally monosubstituted, disubstituted or trisubstituted by R21, or R2〇 is Het or (lower alkyl)-Het, which are optionally R2i monosubstituted, disubstituted or trisubstituted wherein each Ru is independently C!_6 alkyl; Cw alkoxy; lower thioalkyl; sulfonyl; N02; 〇H; SH; halo; haloalkyl; In the case of (^_6 alkyl, hydrazine 6 or (: 1 () aryl, C 4 aralkyl, Het or (lower alkane # base) _ Het monosubstituted or disubstituted amine; as the case (^ -6 alkyl, (6 or C10 alkyl, CVw aryl, Het or (lower alkyl)-Het monosubstituted amide group; buffer; carboxyl (lower alkyl); c: 6 or c1G aryl, C7-14 aralkyl or Het 'the aryl, arylalkyl or Het is optionally substituted by R22; wherein R22 is C!-6 alkyl; c^7 cycloalkyl; Cu alkoxy; Amino group which is mono- or disubstituted by Cw alkyl; sulfonyl; (lower alkyl) sulfonyl, N02; 〇H; SH; halo; haloalkyl; carboxy; decylamine; Base amine; or Het substituted by C16 alkyl;
• R1為H ; Cl_6烧基、環烷基、02-6烯基或C2_6炔基, 其均視情況經_素取代D 結構式XXII化合物具有以下結構:• R1 is H; Cl_6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, 02-6 alkenyl or C2_6 alkynyl, all of which are optionally substituted by D. The compound of formula XXII has the following structure:
120556.doc -106· 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或醋; 其中在式XXII中: w為CH或N, R21為Η、鹵基、Cw烷基、C3-6環烷基、Cu鹵代烷基、 烷氧基、C3-6環烷氧基、羥基或N(R23)2,其中各R23獨 立為H、Cw烷基或C3-6環烷基; R22為Η、鹵基、Cu烷基、C3-6環烷基、Cu鹵代烷基、 Cl·6硫基烧基、Ci-6烧氧基、C3-6環烧氧基、C2-7燒氧基烧 基、C3-6環烧基、Ceio芳基或Het’其中Het為含有1至4個 選自氮、氧及硫之雜原子之五員、六員或七員飽和或不飽 和雜環; 該環烷基、芳基或Het經R24取代,其中R24為Η、鹵基、 Cw烷基、C3_6環烷基、Cw烷氧基、C3_6環烷氧基、>j〇2、 N(R25)2、NH-C(0)-R25 或 NH-C(0)-NH-R25,其中各 R25獨立 為:Η、Cw烷基或(:3_6環烷基; 或R24為NH-C(0)-0R26,其中R26為Cle6烷基或c3_6環烷 基; R3為羥基、NH2或式_NH-R31之基團,其中R31為(:6或10芳 基、雜芳基、-C(0)-R32、-C(0)-NHR32 或-C(0)-〇R32,其 中R32為Cw烷基或C3.6環烷基; D為5至1 0個原子之飽和或不飽和伸烧基鏈,其視情況含 有1至3個獨立選自〇、S或N-R41之雜原子,其中為η、 Cw烷基、C3_6環烷基或-C(0)-R42,其中R42為Cl_6烷基、 C3·6環烧基或Cwm芳基;R4為Η或來該鏈D之任何碳原子 120556.doc -107 - 200810821 上之1至3個取代基,該取代基獨立選自由以π使蘭3丄 啤从下基團組成之 群:C!-6烷基、Ci-6鹵代烷基、Ci-6烷氧基、_某、齒美 胺基、侧氧基、硫基及Ci-6硫基烧基,且 A為式-C(0)-NH-R5之醯胺,其中R5係選白 、㈢田院基' C3·6環燒基、Cww芳基及C7·!6芳烧基組成之群. 或A為羧酸。 結構式XXIII之化合物具有以下結構:120556.doc -106. 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or vinegar thereof; wherein in formula XXII: w is CH or N, R21 is hydrazine, halo, Cw alkyl, C3-6 ring An alkyl group, a Cu haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a C3-6 cycloalkoxy group, a hydroxyl group or N(R23)2, wherein each R23 is independently H, Cw alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl; R22 is an anthracene or a halogen Base, Cu alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, Cu haloalkyl, Cl. 6 thioalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkoxy, C2-7 alkoxyalkyl, C3 -6 cycloalkyl, Ceio aryl or Het' wherein Het is a five-, six- or seven-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur; , aryl or Het substituted by R24, wherein R24 is fluorene, halo, Cw alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, Cw alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkoxy, >j〇2, N(R25)2, NH -C(0)-R25 or NH-C(0)-NH-R25, wherein each R25 is independently: Η, Cw alkyl or (:3_6 cycloalkyl; or R24 is NH-C(0)-0R26, Wherein R26 is Cle6 alkyl or c3_6 cycloalkyl; R3 is hydroxy, NH2 or a group of the formula _NH-R31 wherein R31 is (6 or 10 aryl, heteroaryl, -C(0)-R32, -C(0)-NHR32 or -C(0)-〇R32, wherein R32 is Cw alkyl or C3.6 cycloalkyl; D is a saturated or unsaturated extension chain of 5 to 10 atoms, Optionally containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from hydrazine, S or N-R41, wherein are η, Cw alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl or -C(0)-R42, wherein R42 is Cl-6 alkyl, C3 • 6 ring alkyl or Cwm aryl; R 4 is hydrazine or 1 to 3 substituents on any carbon atom of the chain D 120556.doc -107 - 200810821, the substituents are independently selected from π to 3 A group of beer consisting of a lower group: C!-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, _, tymidine, pendant oxy, thio and Ci-6 thio And A is a decylamine of the formula -C(0)-NH-R5, wherein R5 is selected from white, (3) Tianyuanji 'C3·6 cycloalkyl, Cww aryl and C7·6 aryl are formed. Group or A is a carboxylic acid. The compound of formula XXIII has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或_ ; 其中在式XXIII中: rq為一鍵或二氟亞甲基; R1為氳; R2及R9各自獨立為視情況經取代之職基、視情況經取 代之環基或視情況經取代之芳族基; R3、R5及R7各自獨立為: 視情況經取代之(^-或^^伸環烷基丨或 視情況經取代之(^-或^^伸雜環基:或 亞甲基或伸乙基H個選自由視情況經取代之脂族 基、視情況經取狀環基或視情驗取狀㈣基組成之 群之取代基取代,且其中亞甲基或伸乙基進-步視情況經 月旨族基取代基所取代;或; R、R6、R8及r1g各自獨立為氫或視情況經取代之脂族 120556.doc 200810821 為經取代之單環氮雜雜環基或視情況經取代之多Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof; wherein in the formula XXIII: rq is a bond or a difluoromethylene group; R1 is hydrazine; and R2 and R9 are each independently substituted as appropriate a substituted cyclic group or an optionally substituted aromatic group; R3, R5 and R7 are each independently: substituted as appropriate (^- or ^^cycloalkylene or optionally substituted ( — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — a substituent substituted, and wherein the methylene or ethylidene is substituted by a substituent of the genus; or; R, R6, R8 and r1g are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted aliphatic 120556 .doc 200810821 is a substituted monocyclic azaheterocyclyl or substituted as appropriate
〜汉〜部分之環之環 遇端,L 為-c(0)-、-〇c(〇)-、-NR1〇C(0)_、_s(〇)2_ ^"NR10S(〇)2. ; , 2 其限制條件為~ Han ~ part of the ring of the ring, L is -c (0) -, - 〇 c (〇) -, -NR1 〇 C (0) _, _s (〇) 2_ ^ " NR10S (〇) 2 . ; , 2 The restrictions are
為經取代之Replaced
L為-OC(O)-且R9為視情況 經取代之脂族;或R3、R5及R7之至少一者為伸乙基,其經 一個選自由視情況經取代之脂族基、視情況經取代之環基 或視情況經取代之芳族基組成之群的取代基取代,且其中 伸乙基進一步視情況經脂族基取代基所取代;或R4為視情 況經取代之脂族基。 結構式XXIV化合物具有以下結構:L is -OC(O)- and R9 is an optionally substituted aliphatic; or at least one of R3, R5 and R7 is an exoethyl group, which is selected from an aliphatic group optionally substituted, optionally Substituted by a substituent of a substituted ring group or an optionally substituted aromatic group, and wherein the ethylidene group is further substituted with an aliphatic substituent; or R4 is an optionally substituted aliphatic group . The compound of formula XXIV has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XXIV中: W為:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in formula XXIV: W is:
120556.doc -109- 200810821 m為〇或1 ; R2為氫、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、環烷 基、環烷基烷基、環烯基、環烯基烷基、雜環基、雜環基 烷基、雜環基烯基、雜芳基或雜芳烷基;其中任何R2碳原 子視情況經J取代; J為烧基、芳基、芳烧基、烧氧基、芳氧基、芳烧氧 基、環烷基、環烷氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、雜環基烷 基、酮、羥基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷醯基胺基、芳醯基胺 翁 基、芳烷醯基胺基、羧基、羧基烷基、羧醯胺基烷基、鹵 基、氰基、硝基、甲醯基、醯基、磧醯基或績醯胺基且視 情況經1-3個J1基取代; J1為烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環基、 雜環氧基、酮、羥基、胺基、烧醯基胺基、芳醯基胺基、 魏基、绫基烧基、魏醯胺基烧基、鹵基、氰基、石肖基、甲 醯基、磺醯基或磺醯胺基; L為烧基、稀基或炔基’其中任何氫視情況經幽素取 代,且其中結合至任何末端碳原子之任何氫或鹵素原子視 情況經氫硫基或羥基取代; A1為一鍵; R4為烧基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基烧 基、雜芳基、雜芳烧基、魏基烧基或繞醯胺基烧基,且視 情況經1-3個J基團取代; R5及R6獨立為氫、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯 基、環烧基、環烧基烧基、環烯基、雜環基、雜環美产 120556.doc -110- 200810821 基、雜芳基或雜芳烧基,且視情況經1_3個J基團取代; X為一鍵、-C(H)(R7)-、-〇-、-S·或-N(R8)·; R7為氫、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基 烧基、雜芳基或雜芳烧基,且視情況經1 _3個j基團取代; R8為氫、烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、 雜芳基、雜芳烷基、芳烷醯基、雜環基烷醯基 (heterocyclanoyl)、雜芳烷醯基、_c(〇)Ri4、_s〇2Ri4 或羧120556.doc -109- 200810821 m is hydrazine or 1; R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl An alkyl group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic alkyl group, a heterocyclic alkenyl group, a heteroaryl group or a heteroarylalkyl group; wherein any R 2 carbon atom is optionally substituted by J; J is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic group , alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, heterocyclylalkyl, ketone, hydroxy, amine, alkylamino , an alkylamino group, an aryl fluorenyl group, an arylalkyl fluorenyl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyalkyl group, a carboxy oximinoalkyl group, a halogen group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, Anthracenyl or fluorenylamino and optionally substituted by 1-3 J1 groups; J1 is alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, ketone , hydroxy, amine, decylamino, aryl fluorenyl, weiji, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, halo, cyano, schlossyl, decyl, sulfonyl or sulfonate Amidino group; L is a pyridyl group, a dilute group or an alkynyl group Substituted by specthalin, and any hydrogen or halogen atom bonded to any terminal carbon atom is optionally substituted with a thiol group or a hydroxy group; A1 is a bond; R4 is a decyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group. a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic group, a heteroaryl group, a heteroarylalkyl group, a fluorenyl group or a fluorenyl group, and optionally substituted with 1-3 groups of J; R5 and R6 are independently Is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic US 120556.doc -110- 200810821 , heteroaryl or heteroaryl, and optionally substituted by 1 to 3 J groups; X is a bond, -C(H)(R7)-, -〇-, -S· or -N(R8)· R7 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl, and optionally substituted by 1 to 3 j groups; R8 Is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, aralkyl fluorenyl, heterocyclanoyl, heteroaralkyl Sulfhydryl, _c(〇)Ri4, _s〇2Ri4 or carboxy
酉监胺基’且視情況經1 -3個J基團取代;或r8及z連同其所 結合之原子形成視情況經1 _3個J基團取代之含氮單環或雙 環系統; R為烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環烷基、雜芳 基或雜芳烧基; Y為一鍵、-cn2-、-c(0)-、-c(o)c(〇)-、 、-S(0)2_4_S(0)(NR7)·,其中R7如上所定義; z為烷基、芳基、芳烷基、環烷基、環烷基烷基、雜環 基、雜環基院基、雜芳基、雜芳烧基、_〇汉2或_N(R2)2,其 中任何礙原子視情況經J取代,其中R2如上所定義; A2為一鍵或 〇Anthracene amino group' and optionally substituted with 1 to 3 J groups; or r8 and z together with the atom to which they are bonded form a nitrogen-containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring system optionally substituted with 1 to 3 J groups; Alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl; Y is a bond, -cn2-, -c(0)-, -c(o)c (〇)-, , -S(0)2_4_S(0)(NR7)·, wherein R7 is as defined above; z is alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycle a heterocyclic group, a heteroaryl group, a heteroaryl group, a 〇Nan 2 or _N(R2) 2, wherein any hindered atom is optionally substituted by J, wherein R 2 is as defined above; A 2 is a bond or 〇
R為烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷 基、雜芳基、雜芳烷基、羧基烷基或羧醯胺基烷基,且視 情況經1-3個J基團取代; Μ為烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷 120556.doc -111 - 200810821 基、雜芳基或雜芳烷基,其視情況經id個j基團取代 中任何烷基碳原子可經雜原子置換; 其 V為一鍵、_ch2-、-C(H)(RU)-、-〇_、_nN(Rll)·. R11為氫或Cw烷基; K為一鍵、-ο-、冬…c(0)、一s(〇) 、 s(〇) η -S(0)(NR")-,其中R"如上所定義; ”或 T為-R12、_烷基_R12、、_炔基_r12、七汉以 -N(R12)2、-C(0)R12、·<:(=ΝΟ烷基)R12或 R15R is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyalkylaminoalkyl, and optionally 1-3 J groups substituted; Μ is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic, heterocycloalkane 120556.doc -111 - 200810821 base, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl Any alkyl carbon atom substituted by id j groups as the case may be replaced by a hetero atom; V is a bond, _ch2-, -C(H)(RU)-, -〇_, _nN(Rll) · R11 is hydrogen or Cw alkyl; K is a bond, -ο-, winter...c(0), one s(〇), s(〇) η -S(0)(NR")-, where R" ; as defined above; or T is -R12, _alkyl_R12, _alkynyl _r12, seven Hans with -N(R12)2, -C(0)R12, ·<:(=decane Base) R12 or R15
R12為氫、芳基、雜芳基、環烷基、雜環基、環亞烷義 或雜環亞烷基,且視情況經1-3個J基團取代或第一汉^及^ 二R12連同其所結合之氮形成視情況經1-3個J基取代之單产 或雙環系統; ~ R1G為烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環夷 燒基、雜芳基、雜芳烷基、羧基烷基或羧醯胺基燒基,且 視情況經1-3個氫J基團取代; R15為烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、雜環基、雜環基 烧基、雜芳基、雜芳烷基、羧基烷基或羧醯胺基烷基,且 視情況經1-3個J基團取代;且 R為虱、烧基、方基、雜芳基、環烧基或雜環基。 結構式XXV化合物具有以下結構:R12 is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene, and optionally substituted by 1-3 J groups or the first Han ^ and ^ 2 R12, together with the nitrogen to which it is combined, forms a mono- or bicyclic ring system which is optionally substituted with 1-3 J groups; ~ R1G is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic a base, a heteroaryl group, a heteroarylalkyl group, a carboxyalkyl group or a carboguanamine group, and optionally substituted with 1-3 hydrogen J groups; R15 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group a base, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a heteroarylalkyl group, a carboxyalkyl group or a carboxyalkylamino group, and optionally substituted with 1-3 J groups; and R is hydrazine, An alkyl group, a aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a cycloalkyl group or a heterocyclic group. The compound of formula XXV has the following structure:
R9R9
E 120556.doc -112- 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或醋; 其中在式XXV中: E表示 CHO或 B(OH)2 ; R1表示低碳烷基、鹵代低碳烷基、氰基低碳烷基、低碳 烷硫基低碳烷基、芳基低碳烷硫基低碳烷基、芳基低碳烷 基、雜芳基低碳烷基、低碳烯基或低碳炔基; R2表示低碳烷基、羥基低碳烷基、羧基低碳烷基、芳基 低碳烷基、胺基羰基低碳烷基或低碳環烷基低碳烷基;且 R3表示氫或低碳烷基; 或R2與R3共同表示視情況經羥基取代之二亞甲基或三亞 甲基; R4表示低碳烷基、羥基低碳烷基、低碳環烷基低碳烷 基、緩基低碳烧基、芳基低碳烧基、低碳统硫基低破烧 基、氰基低碳烷硫基低碳烷基、芳基低碳烷硫基低碳烷 基、低碳烯基、芳基或低碳環烷基; R5表示低碳烷基、羥基低碳烷基、低碳烷硫基低碳烷 基、芳基低碳烷基、芳基低碳烷硫基低碳烷基、氰基低碳 烷硫基低碳烷基或低碳環烷基; R6表示氫或低碳烷基; R7表示低碳烷基、羥基低碳烷基、羧基低碳烷基、芳基 低碳烷基、低碳環烷基低碳烷基或低碳環烷基; R8表示低碳烷基、羥基低碳烷基、羧基低碳烷基或芳基 低碳烷基;且 R9表示低碳烷基羰基、羧基低碳烷基羰基、芳基羰基、 120556.doc -113- 200810821 低碳烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、低碳烷氧基羰基或芳基低 碳烷氧基羰基。 結構式XXVI化合物具有以下結構: P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1E 120556.doc -112- 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or vinegar thereof; wherein in formula XXV: E represents CHO or B(OH)2; R1 represents lower alkyl, halogenated lower Carboalkyl, cyano lower alkyl, lower alkylalkylthio lower alkyl, aryl lower alkylthio lower alkyl, aryl lower alkyl, heteroaryl lower alkyl, lower carbon Alkenyl or lower alkynyl; R2 represents lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, aryl lower alkyl, aminocarbonyl lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl lower alkane And R 3 represents a hydrogen or lower alkyl group; or R 2 and R 3 together represent a dimethyl group or a trimethylene group optionally substituted by a hydroxyl group; R 4 represents a lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group, a lower carbocycle Lower alkylene, slow-base low-carbon alkyl, aryl low-carbon alkyl, low-carbon sulfur low-cracking base, cyano lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, low aryl lower alkylthio Carboalkyl, lower alkenyl, aryl or lower carboalkyl; R5 represents lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkylthio lower alkyl, aryl lower alkyl, aryl Lower alkyl alkane lower alkyl, cyanide Lower alkyl alkylthio lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl; R6 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; R7 represents lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, aryl lower alkane a lower, lower alkylcycloalkyl or lower cycloalkyl; R 8 represents lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl or aryl lower alkyl; and R 9 represents lower alkane Carbocarbonyl, carboxy lower alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, 120556.doc -113- 200810821 lower alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl or aryl lower alkoxycarbonyl . The compound of formula XXVI has the following structure: P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1
^ 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯; 其中在式XXVI中: B為式Ru-c(0)-之醯基衍生物,其中Rn為視情況經羧基 取代之Cl-10烧基;或Rn為視情況經Ci-6炫基取代之C6或Cl〇 芳基或07_16芳烷基; a為0或1 ; R6(若存在)為羧基(低碳)烷基; b為0或1 ; R5(若存在)為(1;1-6烧基或缓基(低碳)燒基; Y為Η或C1 _ 6烧基; R4為Ci-1G烧基;C3-IG環烧基; R3為Ci-1G烧基;Cm環燒基; W為下式之基團:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof; wherein in Formula XXVI: B is a fluorenyl derivative of the formula Ru-c(0)-, wherein Rn is optionally substituted by a carboxyl group 10 alkyl; or Rn is C6 or Cl〇 aryl or 07_16 aralkyl substituted by Ci-6 leumino group as appropriate; a is 0 or 1; R6 (if present) is carboxy (lower carbon) alkyl; Is 0 or 1; R5 (if present) is (1; 1-6 alkyl or slow (low carbon) alkyl; Y is hydrazine or C1 -6 alkyl; R4 is Ci-1G alkyl; C3-IG a cycloalkyl group; R3 is a Ci-1G alkyl group; a Cm cycloalkyl group; W is a group of the following formula:
120556.doc -114- 200810821 其中R2為視情況經羧基取代之CK1()烷基或(33-7環烷基;C6 或〇1()芳基;或(:7-16芳烧基;或 W為下式之基團:120556.doc -114- 200810821 wherein R2 is optionally substituted by a carboxy group of CK1() alkyl or (33-7 cycloalkyl; C6 or 〇1() aryl; or (: 7-16 aryl; or W is a group of the following formula:
其中X為CH或N;且Where X is CH or N;
R/為接合X以形成五員或六員環之C3 4伸烷基,該環視 情況經 OH ; SH ·,NH2 ;羧基;r12 ; 〇Ri2、SRi2、NHRl2 或nr12r12’取代,其中Rl2及Ri2,獨立為: ^C3_ie烷基或非環Cl_10烷基或環c3 ^烯基或非環^七烯 基,該烷基或烯基視情況經Njj2、〇H、SH、鹵基或羧基 取代,該烷基或烯基視情況含有至少一個獨立選自由〇、s 及N組成之群之雜原子;或 獨立為(:6或<:1()芳基或c?i6芳烷基,其視情況 經基、NH2、OH、SH、_基、缓基或叛基(低碳)烧 基取代;肖芳基或芳烧基視情況含有至少__個獨立選自由 0、S及N組成之群之雜原子; 口該環烧基、環烯基、芳基或芳燒基視情況與第二5員、 員或7員環稠合形成環系統或雜環,肖第二環視情況衾 NH2 OH SH、4基、緩基或緩基(低碳)烧基取代;^R/ is a C3 4 alkyl group which is bonded to form a five- or six-membered ring, which is optionally substituted by OH; SH ·, NH 2 ; carboxyl; r 12 ; 〇Ri2, SRi2, NHRl2 or nr12r12', wherein Rl2 and Ri2 , independently: ^C3_ie alkyl or acyclic C1-10 alkyl or cycloc3^alkenyl or acyclohexadecenyl, the alkyl or alkenyl group being optionally substituted by Njj2, 〇H, SH, halo or carboxy The alkyl or alkenyl group optionally contains at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, s and N; or independently (: 6 or <: 1 () aryl or c?i6 aralkyl, Substituted by a group, NH2, OH, SH, _ group, a sulfhydryl or a ruthenium (low carbon) alkyl group; the Schiff aryl or aryl group optionally contains at least __ groups independently selected from 0, S and N a hetero atom; a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl or aryl group optionally fused to a second, 5 member, or 7 membered ring to form a ring system or a heterocyclic ring, and the second ring is optionally 衾NH 2 OH SH, 4 base, slow or slow (low carbon) alkyl substitution; ^
Ci。若基或雜環;該第二環視情況含有至少一個獨立選丨 由0、S及N組成之群之雜原子; Q為下式之基團: 120556.doc -115- 200810821Ci. Or a heterocyclic ring; the second ring optionally contains at least one hetero atom selected from the group consisting of 0, S and N; Q is a group of the formula: 120556.doc -115- 200810821
R13 其中Z為CH ; X為O或S ; R1為H、視情況經硫基或鹵基取代之Cl —烷基或Ci 6烯 基; 且 r13為co-nh-r14,其中Rl4為氫、環c3 i〇烷基或非環 烷基或環C3-1G烯基或非環烯基,該烷基或烯基視情況 經NH2、OH、SH、鹵基或羧基取代;該烷基或烯基視情況 含有至少一個獨立選自由〇、S&N組成之群之雜原子;或R13 wherein Z is CH; X is O or S; R1 is H, optionally substituted by a thio or halo group, or a Ci 6 alkenyl group; and r13 is co-nh-r14, wherein R14 is hydrogen, a ring c3 i〇alkyl or acyclic alkyl or a ring C3-1G alkenyl or a non-cycloalkenyl group, the alkyl or alkenyl group being optionally substituted by NH2, OH, SH, halo or carboxy; the alkyl or alkene The base-view case contains at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, S&N; or
Rm為(:6或<:1()芳基或c^6芳烷基,其視情況經烷 基、腦2、〇H、SH、齒基、羧基或羧基(低碳)烧基取代或 經另一 C3·7^烷基、(:6或(:1()芳基或雜環取代;該芳基或芳 烷基視情況含有至少一個獨立選自由〇、S&N組成之群之 雜原子; * 該環烧基、環烯基、芳基或芳烷基視情況與第二5員、6 員或7員環稠合形成環系統或雜環,該第二環視情況經 NH:、OH、SH、_基、缓基或幾基(低碳)烧基取代或經另 一 CM%烷基、C6或C1()芳基或雜環取代;該第二環視情況 含有至少-個獨立選自由。、㈣組成之群之雜原子;’ 其限制條件為當Z為CH時,則Ru不為…胺基酸或其略·, Q為下式之膦酸酯: I20556.doc -116- 200810821Rm is (:6 or <:1() aryl or c^6 aralkyl, which is optionally substituted by alkyl, brain 2, oxime H, SH, dentate, carboxyl or carboxyl (low carbon) alkyl Or substituted by another C3·7 alkyl group, (:6 or (:1) aryl or heterocyclic ring; the aryl or aralkyl group optionally contains at least one group independently selected from hydrazine, S&N a hetero atom; * the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl or aralkyl group optionally fused to a second 5 member, 6 member or 7 membered ring to form a ring system or a heterocyclic ring, the second ring being optionally NH :, OH, SH, _ group, sulphonyl or a sulphonyl (lower carbon) alkyl group substituted or substituted by another CM% alkyl, C6 or C1 () aryl or heterocyclic ring; the second ring contains at least - A hetero atom independently selected from the group consisting of (4); 'The limiting condition is that when Z is CH, then Ru is not ... amino acid or its slightly, Q is a phosphonate of the formula: I20556.doc -116- 200810821
其中R15及R16獨立為C6-2Q芳氧基;且心如上所定義。 在式XXVI化合物之上文所示結構中,術語?6、?5、 P4、P3、P2及P1表示如熟習此項技術者所習知之各別胺基 酸部分。因此,式XXVI化合物之實際結構為:Wherein R15 and R16 are independently C6-2Q aryloxy; and the heart is as defined above. In the structure shown above for the compound of formula XXVI, the term? 6,? 5. P4, P3, P2 and P1 represent the respective amino acid moieties as is known to those skilled in the art. Thus, the actual structure of the compound of formula XXVI is:
結構式XXVII化合物具有以下結構:The compound of formula XXVII has the following structure:
或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或酯。 結構式XXVIII化合物具有以下結構:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof. The compound of formula XXVIII has the following structure:
〇 120556.doc -117 200810821 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,溶劑合物或s旨。 本發明提供一種醫藥調配物,其包含至少一種選自式I 至XXVIII之活性化合物,其中最初含於調配物中之至少一 種活性化合物於10分鐘内至少約20°/◦溶解。在選定實施例 中,最初含於調配物中之至少一種活性化合物10分鐘内至 少約60%溶解;最初含於調配物中之至少一種活性化合物 於20分鐘内至少約50%溶解;最初含於調配物中之至少一 種活性化合物於20分鐘内至少約80%溶解;最初含於調配 ® 物中之至少一種活性化合物於30分鐘内至少約65%溶解; 最初含於調配物中之至少一種活性化合物於30分鐘内至少 約90%溶解;最初含於調配物中之至少一種活性化合物於 45分鐘内至少約80%溶解;最初含於調配物中之至少一種 活性化合物於45分鐘内至少約95%溶解;最初含於調配物 中之至少一種活性化合物於60分鐘内至少約85%溶解;最 初含於調配物中之至少一種活性化合物於60分鐘内至少約 98%溶解。在一實施例中,在37°C下於充填有900 mL溶解 ® 介質之USPII裝置槳式攪拌機中測試溶解,該溶解介質由 pH 6.8之磷酸鈉緩衝液緩衝之0_5%月桂基硫酸鈉溶液組 成。 實例 隨後為本發明方法之實例及藉由習知攪拌分批反應器沉 澱之微粒的比較實例。對於隨後之各實例而言,根據公開 國際專利申請案第WO 02/08244號中所述之程序來製備式 B化合物,該專利以引用之方式併入本文中。 120556.doc -118- 200810821 除非註明相反,否則所有試劑均為市售之usp或食品級 砘淨物ua且呈接收原樣使用。若指出,則根據以下程序獲 得粒度資訊。 對於隨後之實例而言,藉由使用聚焦光束反射率量測法 (FBRM)來量測漿料申所產生之微粒物質而獲得粒度資 訊,其中根據製造商用於獲得該等量測之說明以來自〇 120556.doc -117 200810821 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or singly. The present invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising at least one active compound selected from the group consisting of Formulas I to XXVIII, wherein at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation dissolves at least about 20°/◦ in 10 minutes. In selected embodiments, at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation is at least about 60% dissolved within 10 minutes; at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation is at least about 50% dissolved in 20 minutes; initially contained in At least one active compound in the formulation is dissolved in at least about 80% in 20 minutes; at least one active compound originally contained in the formulation is dissolved in at least about 65% in 30 minutes; at least one active initially contained in the formulation The compound is dissolved at least about 90% in 30 minutes; at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation dissolves at least about 80% in 45 minutes; at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation is at least about 95 in 45 minutes. % is dissolved; at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation dissolves at least about 85% in 60 minutes; at least one active compound initially contained in the formulation dissolves at least about 98% in 60 minutes. In one embodiment, the dissolution was tested in a USPII paddle mixer filled with 900 mL of Dissolved® medium at 37 ° C. The dissolution medium consisted of 0-5% sodium lauryl sulfate buffer buffered with a pH 6.8 sodium phosphate buffer. . EXAMPLES Next are examples of the process of the invention and comparative examples of particles precipitated by conventionally stirred batch reactors. For the subsequent examples, the compound of formula B is prepared according to the procedure described in the published International Patent Application No. WO 02/08244, which is incorporated herein by reference. 120556.doc -118- 200810821 Unless otherwise stated, all reagents are commercially available usp or food grade ua ua and are used as received. If indicated, the granularity information is obtained according to the following procedure. For the subsequent examples, the particle size information is obtained by measuring the particulate matter produced by the slurry using the focused beam reflectance measurement (FBRM), which is derived from the manufacturer's instructions for obtaining the measurements.
Mettler Toledo之Lasentec探針來進行該聚焦光束反射率量 測。ϊ測在真空蒸餾前對自儲料槽獲得之漿料樣本進行。 該程序及設備可量測超過i微米直至丨〇〇〇微米尺寸範圍之 微粒物質。藉由掃描電子顯微術(SEM)來定量表徵初始粒 度I在不同條件下藉由SEM來觀測微粒聚集作用及聚集物 形悲予之k化以測定經沉澱物質之軟化點。對於軟化點之 SEM測疋而a,當加熱漿料時以各溫度間隔週期性獲得漿 料之樣本冑由過濾收集樣本中之固體、真空乾燥1至2小 時且使用習知SEM檢查經乾燥樣本。參看圖7a,未經歷軟 化,微粒物貝之顯微照片在較低放大率下顯示結節性粒子 外觀。參看7b’當以相同放大率檢查時,已暴露於高於軟 化點之溫度下之粒子顯示不存在結節性粒子外觀。當藉由 SEM以此方式檢查時,自沉殿顯示開始失去結節性粒子外 觀時之樣本溫度來推測軟化點。 藉由SEM觀,則檢驗亦顯示軟化點可由FBRM量測法來測 疋(根據I造商說明書進行),完成對經歷受控加 樣本之FBRM量測。田* 、人 、 因此’以"於200 rpm與300 rpm之間 的速率擾拌3有漿料之反應器。以π,—之速率將經攪 120556.doc -119- 200810821 拌^漿料自-2(TC加熱至15(rc以上。在加熱循環期間連續 獲得FBRM m測且軟化點測定為相當於超過加熱能譜之粒 子計數曲線中最大值之溫度。Mettler Toledo's Lasentec probe is used to perform this focused beam reflectance measurement. The slurry sample obtained from the hopper was subjected to vacuum distillation before vacuum distillation. The program and apparatus can measure particulate matter in the range of i microns up to the 丨〇〇〇 micron size. Quantitative Characterization of Initial Particle Size I by Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) I observed the aggregation of particles and the kinelation of aggregate morphology by SEM under different conditions to determine the softening point of the precipitated material. For the SEM measurement of the softening point and a, the slurry sample is periodically obtained at various temperature intervals when the slurry is heated. The solid in the sample is collected by filtration, vacuum dried for 1 to 2 hours, and the dried sample is examined using a conventional SEM. . Referring to Figure 7a, without undergoing softening, the micrograph of the microparticles showed a nodular particle appearance at a lower magnification. Referring to 7b', when examined at the same magnification, particles that have been exposed to temperatures above the softening point show the absence of nodular particle appearance. When examined by SEM in this way, the self-sinking hall shows the sample temperature at which the nodular particle appearance is lost to estimate the softening point. By means of the SEM view, the test also shows that the softening point can be measured by the FBRM measurement method (according to the manufacturer's instructions), and the FBRM measurement for the controlled addition of the sample is completed. Tian*, human, and therefore 'scrape the 3 slurry reactor at a rate between 200 rpm and 300 rpm. At a rate of π, - will be stirred 120556.doc -119 - 200810821 mixed slurry from -2 (TC heating to 15 (rc above.) FBRM m is continuously obtained during the heating cycle and the softening point is determined to be equivalent to heating The temperature of the maximum value in the particle count curve of the energy spectrum.
實例IExample I
藉由將連接壓力計(機械式壓力計,購自c〇le以加以)及 〇十里心l里控制閥(1 · 5加侖/分鐘,最大值,水,購自r· $ Cmm & Company)之一定長度之乂”鋼管緊固至三通管之一 官道端管以用作反溶劑入口,由在管道端管及1/4" Νρτ螺紋 刀枝知f上t備有3/811壓合配件之不錄鋼三通配件來建構 混合三通管。將3/8”靜壓管混合器(購自c〇le parmeri Koflo Corporation)緊固至三通管之另一管道端管以用作出 口。以鋼製ΝΡΤ X 1/8”壓合配件配接器(市售物品)裝配 三通管之分枝端管以用作式B溶液之入口管線。將裝配有 機械壓力計(Cole/Pannei:)及流量控制計量閥(υ加侖/分 鐘,最大值,水,購自 R.S· Cmm & Company)之 1/8” 316 L 不銹鋼管線連接至裝配三通配件之分枝端管的壓合配接 器。 3/8"入口管線(反溶劑供給)中之控制閥連接至含有約2〇 L正庚烧之供應槽。1 / 8 ’’入口管線(溶液供給)中之控制閥連 接至固持約2.85 L式B化合物之〇·41 Μ溶液的貯槽。藉由將 608·5 gSB化合物溶解於2450 ml甲基第三丁基醚(ΜΤΒΕ) 中來製備式B之溶液。 混合三通管之靜態混合器之出口連接至5 L燒瓶,該燒 瓶裝備有機械授拌器、用於測定粒度之Lasentec探針及加 120556.doc -120- 200810821 熱套。 藉由設置流量控制閥以供給3400 ml/min之正庚燒及840 ml/min之MTBE/式B化合物溶液來製備式b化合物之沉澱漿 料。將溶液、反溶劑及混合三通管維持在2〇°c下。當反溶 劑及溶液之溫度已穩定時,開始流動直至丨〇.4 L反溶劑及 2.85 L溶液已穿過混合三通管進入燒瓶内。燒瓶中漿料内 進行之FBRM量測法表明凝聚微粒具有15·8微米之平均弦 長’而微粒弦長範圍為約1微米至約11 〇微米。亦評估因此 產生之荨分篁之漿料以測定其中沉殿之軟化點。因此,在 經擾拌之3 L反應器中以1〇/111丨11之速率加熱等分試樣,同 時使用Lasentec®探針進行FBRM量測。以此方式測得軟化 溫度為36.2°C。 藉由加壓過濾且在25 °C下在室内真空(約60至70托)下真 空乾燥2小時,隨後在35°C下室内真空下乾燥8小時從而回 收上文製備之微粒。在45t下在室内真空下將產物最終乾 燥另外16小時。評估經乾燥微粒且發現其具有小於1微米 直至約2微米之初始粒度範圍。比表面積(BET吸收法)經測 定為約19.11 m2/g。藉由稱重25 ml(打開)樣本來測定離析 物質之體積密度。發現體積密度為0.3 g/mi。 使用3.7 L式B化合物之0.24 Μ ΜΊΈΕ溶液在上述設備中 傳導第二管道,該式Β化合物之溶液係藉由將456 §式3化 合物溶解於3600 ml MTBE中來製備。設置反溶劑流量控 制閥以供給3750 ml/min之正庚烷且設置溶液控制閥來供給 635 ml/min之式B化合物之溶液。將溶液、反溶劑及混合 120556.doc • 121 - 200810821 設備全部維持在抓下。當溫度穩定時,開始流動直至 20.3 L反溶劑及3.7⑽液已穿過混合三通管且進入儲料槽 内。 在32°C下在約60托之真空下將進入儲料槽之25〇〇 μ等 分試樣之㈣以錢直至其降低至原始體積之大 約870 mL)。使用上述叩讀量測法測定聚料中沉殿之軟化 =’且發現軟化點為51.代。藉由真空過濾回收沉殿,以 皁個1 L正庚料分試樣洗滌且評估殘餘μ·。發現渴遽 餅含有小於!重量%之殘餘ΜΤΒΕ。在室内真空下在35。^ 真空乾燥沉㈣時8小時,且隨後在价下再真空乾燥Μ 發現經離析之物質具有小於】微米之初始粒度及具有約2 微米至約30微米之粒度範圍分佈之“微米凝聚平㈣度。 BET表面積量測表明微粒具㈣1〇 m2/g之平均體積表面 積,而樣本在約5 m2/g至約25 m2/g之範圍内。經離析微粒By connecting the pressure gauge (mechanical pressure gauge, purchased from c〇le) and the control valve (1 · 5 gallons / minute, maximum, water, purchased from r · $ Cmm & Company) a certain length of 乂" steel pipe fastened to one of the three-way pipe of the official road end pipe used as an anti-solvent inlet, by the pipe end pipe and 1/4" Νρτ thread knives know that there are 3/811 A three-way static pressure tube mixer (purchased from c〇le parmeri Koflo Corporation) is fastened to another pipe end pipe of the tee pipe by a non-recorded steel tee fitting for the press fitting. Used as an outlet. A steel ΝΡΤ X 1/8" press fitting adapter (commercially available) is used to assemble the branch end of the tee to be used as an inlet line for the solution of formula B. It will be equipped with a mechanical pressure gauge (Cole/Pannei: ) and flow control metering valve (υ gallons / min, maximum, water, from RS · Cmm & Company) 1 / 8" 316 L stainless steel pipeline connected to the assembly of the tee fittings of the assembly of the tee fittings Connector. The control valve in the 3/8" inlet line (anti-solvent supply) is connected to a supply tank containing approximately 2 〇 L. The control valve in the 1 / 8 '' inlet line (solution supply) is connected to a sump holding about 2.85 L of the compound of the formula B compound. A solution of formula B was prepared by dissolving 608·5 gSB of the compound in 2450 ml of methyl tert-butyl ether (ΜΤΒΕ). The outlet of the static mixer of the mixing tee was connected to a 5 L flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a Lasentec probe for particle size determination, and a 120556.doc-120-200810821 heat jacket. A precipitated slurry of the compound of formula b was prepared by providing a flow control valve to supply 3400 ml/min of n-heptane and 840 ml/min of MTBE/form B compound solution. The solution, anti-solvent and mixing tee were maintained at 2 °C. When the temperature of the reverse solvent and solution has stabilized, flow begins until the 丨〇.4 L anti-solvent and 2.85 L solution have passed through the mixing tee into the flask. The FBRM measurement performed in the slurry in the flask showed that the agglomerated particles had an average chord length of 15·8 μm and the particle chord length ranged from about 1 μm to about 11 μm. The resulting slurry was also evaluated to determine the softening point of the sinking chamber. Therefore, an aliquot was heated at a rate of 1 〇 / 111 丨 11 in a disturbed 3 L reactor, and a Lasentec® probe was used for FBRM measurement. The softening temperature was measured in this manner to be 36.2 °C. The microparticles prepared above were recovered by vacuum filtration and vacuum drying at room temperature (about 60 to 70 Torr) at 25 ° C for 2 hours, followed by drying at room temperature under vacuum at 35 ° C for 8 hours. The product was finally dried under room vacuum at 45t for an additional 16 hours. The dried microparticles were evaluated and found to have an initial particle size range of less than 1 micron up to about 2 microns. The specific surface area (BET absorption method) was determined to be about 19.11 m2/g. The bulk density of the isolated material was determined by weighing a 25 ml (open) sample. The bulk density was found to be 0.3 g/mi. A second conduit was conducted in the apparatus using a 2.7 L solution of the compound of formula B as a 0.24 hydrazine solution prepared by dissolving 456 § 3 compound in 3600 ml of MTBE. An anti-solvent flow control valve was provided to supply 3750 ml/min of n-heptane and a solution control valve was provided to supply a solution of 635 ml/min of the compound of formula B. Keep the solution, anti-solvent and mix 120556.doc • 121 - 200810821 all under the grab. When the temperature is stable, flow begins until 20.3 L of anti-solvent and 3.7 (10) liquid has passed through the mixing tee and into the hopper. The (25) aliquot of the 25 〇〇 μ aliquot entering the hopper was vacuumed at 32 ° C until it was reduced to approximately 870 mL of the original volume. The above-mentioned reading measurement method was used to determine the softening of the sink in the aggregate = ' and the softening point was found to be 51. The sink was recovered by vacuum filtration, washed with a 1 L of n-gum sample and the residual μ· was evaluated. Found thirsty cakes contain less than! % by weight of residual ΜΤΒΕ. Under room vacuum at 35. ^ Vacuum drying (4) for 8 hours, and then vacuum drying at valence. The isolated material was found to have an initial particle size of less than [micron] and a "micron agglomerate (four) degree with a particle size range of about 2 microns to about 30 microns. The BET surface area measurements indicate that the microparticles have an average volumetric surface area of (4) 1 〇 m 2 /g, while the sample is in the range of from about 5 m 2 /g to about 25 m 2 /g.
之千均體積密度經炎A , /3 H而疋為0·191 g/m3,而體積密度在約15 g/cm至約0.3 5 g/cm3之範圍内。 利用具有μ標稱辦道之垂直三通管製造更大量級之 混合三通管’利用實例1中所述之較小混合三通管中所利 L里汁及左力计之相同類型排列,以壓合配件及 聊分枝端管來終止該混合三通管之各端管。將混合三 =之出口連接至具有1/2"外徑之靜態混合器。藉由使用保 、'C溫度下(因此雷諾數為97〇〇)之2,_爪―庚烷 120556.doc -122- 200810821 及保持在5°C溫度下(因此雷諾數為2700)之包含〇·4ΐ MsB 化合物之MTBE溶液的716 ml/min溶液來製備漿料。在擾 拌儲料槽中收集混合三通管之輸出物。在攪拌器運行同 時,將貯槽内容物置於約3〇至50托之真空(室内真空)下, 且在約12°C至約17°C之溫度下自儲料槽真空蒸餾槳料之上 清液。利用真空蒸顧將漿料體積降低為約4〇%原始體積(約 600 L·)。藉由離心過濾回收經沉澱之物質。以約24〇 [正庚 烷洗滌濾餅。在室内真空(約30至50托)下使濕濾餅在2rc 籲下真空乾燥4小時,隨後在35°C下真空乾燥1〇小時且接著 在45°C下再真空乾燥12小時。 在沉殿進行期間,藉由將約50〇 ml體積至約7〇〇 ml體積 之樣本置於容器中且加熱同時使用FBRM量測監測聚料中 微粒物質之軟化點,來評估儲料槽中漿料之等分試樣。此 研究之結果報導於圖3中。如圖3中所示,隨著由餾出 MTBE及水引起之漿料濃度之增加,所產生之微粒物質之 φ 軟化點升高。對自漿料中獲得之沉澱的分析展示其具有 8.14 m2/g之體積表面積及〇·23 g/cm3之體積密度,及157 微米之中值微粒尺寸。The thousand-volume density is 0A, /3 H and 疋 is 0·191 g/m3, and the bulk density is in the range of from about 15 g/cm to about 0.35 g/cm3. Using a vertical tee with a μ nominal way to make a larger number of mixed tees, using the same type of L-lily and left-force meter in the smaller mixing tee described in Example 1, Terminate the end tubes of the mixing tee with a press fitting and a branching end tube. Connect the mixing three = outlet to a static mixer with a 1/2" outer diameter. By using 2, _claw-heptane 120556.doc -122- 200810821 at the temperature of 'C (so the Reynolds number is 97 〇〇) and keeping it at 5 °C (hence the Reynolds number is 2700) A 716 ml/min solution of MTBE solution of MsB compound was prepared to prepare a slurry. The output of the mixing tee is collected in a disturbed hopper. While the agitator is running, the contents of the sump are placed under a vacuum of about 3 Torr to 50 Torr (indoor vacuum), and are purged from the retort vacuum distillation paddle at a temperature of about 12 ° C to about 17 ° C. liquid. The volume of the slurry was reduced to about 4% by volume original volume (about 600 L·) by vacuum evaporation. The precipitated material was recovered by centrifugal filtration. The filter cake was washed with about 24 〇 [n-heptane. The wet cake was vacuum dried at 2 rc for 4 hours under room vacuum (about 30 to 50 Torr), followed by vacuum drying at 35 ° C for 1 hour and then vacuum drying at 45 ° C for 12 hours. Evaluate the hopper in the sump by placing a sample of about 50 〇 ml volume to a volume of about 7 〇〇 ml in a container and heating while monitoring the softening point of the particulate matter in the granule during the process of the sink. An aliquot of the slurry. The results of this study are reported in Figure 3. As shown in Fig. 3, as the concentration of the slurry caused by the distillation of MTBE and water is increased, the φ softening point of the generated particulate matter is increased. Analysis of the precipitate obtained from the slurry showed a volumetric surface area of 8.14 m2/g and a bulk density of 〇23 g/cm3, and a median particle size of 157 microns.
實例III 使用具有1 ”標稱OD管道之垂直三通管來製造混合室, 以1”壓合配件及%”分枝端管來終止該混合室之各端管。在 此實例中使用上述實例I中所述裝置所利用之流量計及壓 力計之相同組態。藉由使用保持在_2(rc之溫度下(因此雷 諾數為23,650)之20,000 ml/min正庚烷及保持在溫度下 120556.doc -123 - 200810821 (因此雷諾數為10,650)之包含0·32 Μ式B化合物之MTBE溶 液的5,000 ml/min溶液來製備漿料。在配備有控溫夾套、 真空管線及攪拌槳之攪拌儲料槽中收集混合三通管之輸出 物,歷時約5.5小時。當容器密封時,藉由在15°C下運行夾 套溫度使漿料自所收集之溫度加溫。當漿液已達到12.1°C 之溫度時,抽空容器直至達到-0.800巴(表壓)之壓力且開 、始蒸餾。在蒸餾期間,使維持下表所示之壓力及夾套溫度 直至漿液體積已達到最初收集漿料體積之33.33%。對自漿 ® 料離析之沉殿的分析展示其具有7.2 m2/g之體積表面積、 0.18 g/cm3之體積密度、1.46微米之中值微粒尺寸及0.25微 米至18微米之微粒尺寸範圍。 HCV-Y蒸餾分佈 壓力(表壓) 夾套溫度 ΓΟ 蒸餾之總批料體積 % 蒸餾之批料體積(L) (X=320kg) -0.800 15 NA 9600L1 -0.905 20 0-2 0-190 -0.905 21 2-4 190-380 -0.905 22 4-6 380-580 -0.905 23 6-8 580-770 -0.905 25 8-10 770-960 -0.905 26 10-13 960-1250 -0.905 28 13-16 1250-1540 -0.908 28 16-18 1540-1730 -0.910 30 18-22 1730-2110 -0.914 32 22-26 2110-2500 -0.918 32 26-30 2500-2880 -0.924 32 30-34 2880-3270 -0.932 32 34-38 3270-3650 -0.938 32 38-42 3650-4030 -0.942 32 42-46 4030-4420 -0.950 32 46-52 4420-4990 -0.956 32 52-60 4990-5760 -0.970 32 60-66.67 5760-6400Example III A vertical tee with a 1" nominal OD line was used to make the mixing chamber, and the end tubes of the mixing chamber were terminated with a 1" press fitting and a %" branch end tube. The above example was used in this example. The same configuration of the flow meter and pressure gauge used in the device described in I. By using 20,000 ml/min n-heptane maintained at _2 (the temperature of rc (hence the Reynolds number of 23,650) and kept at temperature 120556.doc -123 - 200810821 (hence the Reynolds number is 10,650) A 5,000 ml/min solution containing 0.32 bismuth B compound MTBE solution to prepare a slurry. It is equipped with a temperature controlled jacket, vacuum line and agitating paddle The output of the mixing tee is collected in a stirred hopper for about 5.5 hours. When the vessel is sealed, the slurry is warmed from the collected temperature by operating the jacket temperature at 15 ° C. When the slurry has been When the temperature reaches 12.1 ° C, the vessel is evacuated until the pressure of -0.800 bar (gauge pressure) is reached and the distillation begins. During the distillation, the pressure and jacket temperature shown in the table below are maintained until the slurry volume has reached the initial collection. 33.33% of the volume of the slurry. The analysis of the sedimentation chamber shows that it has a volume surface area of 7.2 m2/g, a bulk density of 0.18 g/cm3, a median particle size of 1.46 micrometers, and a particle size range of 0.25 to 18 micrometers. HCV-Y distillation distribution pressure ( Gauge pressure 夹 jacket temperature 总 total batch volume % distilled Distilled batch volume (L) (X=320kg) -0.800 15 NA 9600L1 -0.905 20 0-2 0-190 -0.905 21 2-4 190-380 -0.905 22 4-6 380-580 -0.905 23 6-8 580-770 -0.905 25 8-10 770-960 -0.905 26 10-13 960-1250 -0.905 28 13-16 1250-1540 -0.908 28 16- 18 1540-1730 -0.910 30 18-22 1730-2110 -0.914 32 22-26 2110-2500 -0.918 32 26-30 2500-2880 -0.924 32 30-34 2880-3270 -0.932 32 34-38 3270-3650 - 0.938 32 38-42 3650-4030 -0.942 32 42-46 4030-4420 -0.950 32 46-52 4420-4990 -0.956 32 52-60 4990-5760 -0.970 32 60-66.67 5760-6400
1所收集之初始漿料體積 120556.doc -124- 200810821 圖8中所示之圖表描述實例II中所產生之沉澱(反溶劑雷 諾數=9700,溶液雷諾數=2700)與實例III中所產生之沉澱 (反溶劑雷諾數=23,650,溶液雷諾數=10,650)之弦長分佈 的比較。如圖8中可見,實例III中用於產生較高雷諾數之 條件導致較高成核速率(如增加之粒子計數所證明)且提供 較狹窄弦長分佈。 如下表所述進行額外之操作。使用如下表所述之設備, 以如下表所示製備之所得初始粒度及凝聚微粒,進行命名 • 為πΑη、’’B’’及nCn之組表示之各獨立組操作。 實例* 式B之MTBE 溶液濃度 ⑽ MTBE 溶液流速 (ml/min) 庚烷流速 (ml/min) 所觀測之 初始粒度 (微米) 聚集粒度 (微米) BET表面積 (m2/g) A1 0.23 635 4100 亞微米至2微米 10-20微米 30.19 A2 0.23 420 4125 亞微米至2微米 10-20微米 16.44 A3 0.41 640 4115 亞微米至2微米 20-30微米 17.41 B1 0.23 717 4200 亞微米至1微米 10-20微米 32.75 B2 0.23 717 4200 亞微米至1微米 10-20微米 25.68 B3 0.23 717 4200 亞微米至1微米 10-20微米 32.00 B4 0.23 717 4200 亞微米至1微米 24.24 C1 0.32 5000 20000 亞微米至2微米 0.25-25.5微米 24.85 C2 0.32 5000 20000 亞微米至2微米 0.25-18微米 32.41 C3 0.32 5000 20000 亞微米至2微米 10-20微米 C4 0.32 5000 20000 亞微米至2微米 10-20微米 *注意:使用具有1/,標稱管道外徑及標稱3/16”分枝端管 外徑之混合三通管來進行由ΠΑΠ表示之批次,使用具有W 標稱管線外徑及標稱1/8’’分枝端管外徑之混合三通管來進 行由ΠΒ”表示之批次,且使用具有1”標稱管道外徑及%”標 稱分枝端管外徑之混合三通管來進行由’’ C"表示之批次。 使各實例C1及C2中產生之漿料經受蒸餾步驟。在最終 顆粒產物中,C1中所產生之沉澱之體積表面積自24.8 5 m2/g減小至6.13 m2/g,且C2中所產生之沉澱自32.41 m2/g -125- 120556.doc 200810821 咸J 3 1 m /g。圖9指出此等兩個操作:體積表面積在 m驟中減小且其後在方法之整個剩餘部分中實質上保 持相同。1 collected initial slurry volume 120556.doc -124- 200810821 The graph shown in Figure 8 depicts the precipitation produced in Example II (antisolvent Reynolds number = 9700, solution Reynolds number = 2700) and the results produced in Example III Comparison of the chord length distribution of the precipitate (antisolvent Reynolds number = 23,650, solution Reynolds number = 10,650). As can be seen in Figure 8, the conditions used to generate higher Reynolds numbers in Example III resulted in higher nucleation rates (as evidenced by increased particle counts) and provided a narrower chord length distribution. Additional operations are performed as described in the following table. The resulting initial particle size and agglomerated particles prepared as shown in the following table were designated using the apparatus described in the following table: • Independent group operations indicated by the group of πΑη, '’B’' and nCn. Example * MTBE solution concentration of formula B (10) MTBE solution flow rate (ml/min) heptane flow rate (ml/min) observed initial particle size (micron) aggregate size (micron) BET surface area (m2/g) A1 0.23 635 4100 Micron to 2 micron 10-20 micron 30.19 A2 0.23 420 4125 submicron to 2 micron 10-20 micron 16.44 A3 0.41 640 4115 submicron to 2 micron 20-30 micron 17.41 B1 0.23 717 4200 submicron to 1 micron 10-20 micron 32.75 B2 0.23 717 4200 Submicron to 1 micron 10-20 micron 25.68 B3 0.23 717 4200 submicron to 1 micron 10-20 micron 32.00 B4 0.23 717 4200 submicron to 1 micron 24.24 C1 0.32 5000 20000 submicron to 2 micron 0.25- 25.5 micron 24.85 C2 0.32 5000 20000 submicron to 2 micron 0.25-18 micron 32.41 C3 0.32 5000 20000 submicron to 2 micron 10-20 micron C4 0.32 5000 20000 submicron to 2 micron 10-20 micron *Note: use has 1/ , a mixed tee with a nominal pipe outer diameter and a nominal 3/16" branch end pipe outer diameter for the batch indicated by ,, using a W nominal pipe outer diameter and a nominal 1/8'' Mixed tee pipe with outer diameter of the branch end Line consists ΠΒ "represents the batch, and having a" nominal pipe diameter and% "nominal mixing tee to the outer diameter of the tube end branches by '' C " represents the batch. The slurry produced in each of Examples C1 and C2 was subjected to a distillation step. In the final particulate product, the volumetric surface area of the precipitate produced in C1 decreased from 24.8 5 m2/g to 6.13 m2/g, and the precipitate produced in C2 was from 32.41 m2/g -125-120556.doc 200810821 salt J 3 1 m / g. Figure 9 illustrates these two operations: the surface area of the volume decreases in m and then remains substantially the same throughout the remainder of the process.
比較實例I .利用裝備有90 mm反退式曲線葉輪㈣㈣w mpeller)之3 L攪拌碟形底分批反應器來製備式錄合物之 沉澱的比較實例,該反應器含有維持在_2〇。〇下之i78〇 W 正庚烷。在攪拌(550 rpm)下,將每毫升溶液含有132 mgs B化合物之330 ml體積之MTBE溶液經29 min之時間引入反 溶劑内。在室内真空(30_60托)下將所得漿料蒸餾至16〇〇 ml之體積。藉由加壓過濾收集沉澱,以4〇〇 ml庚烷洗滌且 在35 C之夾套溫度下在完全真空下於攪拌過濾乾燥器中乾 燥15·5小時,隨後在50=下乾燥7.3小時。濾液含有約5重 量%2ΜΤΒΕ。所收集物質具有0.16 g/ml之體積密度,指 示較大初始粒度之僅為1.76 m2/g之BET表面積。微粒之 SEM檢查展示粒子經调合(溶融)。濕渡餅之軟化點經測定 為低於約30°C。 與分批沉澱物質相比,根據本發明所製備之沉澱更均 勻,且具有允許等量活性内容物之較小劑型之改良體積密 度。此外,離析微粒物質升高之軟化點允許更積極之乾燥 條件以縮短處理時間。 其後為使用如上所示製備之沉澱來製備醫藥調配物之實 例0 醫藥調配物 I20556.doc -126- 200810821 在實驗室規模設備(3 Kg量級)中製備如下所述之實例醫 藥調配物且其包含在低剪切混合器中粒化、在烘箱中乾 燥、在滾筒式摻合器中摻合及手動填充膠囊,或在工業規 模設備(40 Kg或40 Kg以上)中製備,該設備包括^以他高 剪切粒化機、Glatt流化床乾燥器、B〇hle牵引混合器、 Quadro Comil篩磨機(用於乾磨及濕磨兩者)&B〇sch膠囊填 充機。在所有實例中,根據GMP標準醫藥製造方法及包括 篩檢、粒化、研磨、流化床乾燥及粉末混合之工業標準來 ® 進行操作。 除非註明相反’否則調配物中所用之所有物質均為滿足 美國藥典/國民配方集(USP/NF)之現行要求的市售物品。 根據以上實例II來製備用於製備醫藥調配物之活性醫藥成 份。根據沉殿微粒物質之上述描述,所有API均呈製備原 樣使用且具有特徵體積表面積、平均弦長、平均粒度、體 積密度及體積表面積。 實例IV-40 Kg醫藥調配物之製備 使用以下程序以40 Kg分批量級製備本發明之顆粒醫藥 調配物。將2.000 Kg微晶纖維素(Avicel PH102,FMC)、 1.200 Kg交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉(NF級)、6.000 Kg預膠凝化 殿粉1500(Colorcon)、4.586 Kg乳糖單水合物(NF,極細 級,Foremost Farms)及21.014 Kg根據以上實例π所製備之 式B化合物置於裝備有混合槳及調製盤葉片之Collette粒化 機/高速混合器内,其中式B化合物具有8 · 14 m2/g之中值體 積表面積及0·23 g/cm3之體積密度,及1.57微米之中值微粒 120556.doc -127- 200810821 尺寸。所用API之重量反映自理論20 Kg調整質量以補償 API活性。因此,所用21.014 Kg API具有等於具100%活性 之20 Kg理論物質的活性。藉由以15.7呎/秒操作高剪切混 和器2分鐘以提供均質粉末,從而使存在於混合器中之API 及賦形劑進行乾式摻合。使用溶於17 Kg純水中之包含 1.200 Kg月桂基硫酸鈉(NF/USP,Stepan)之溶液,藉由在 混合器/粒化機中以每分鐘3 Kg溶液噴灑至均質粉末上來 進行粉末之濕式粒化,其中混合器槳片以18.9呎/秒操作且 • 調製盤葉片以2500 RPM操作。當所有粒化流體已喷灑 時,藉由將另外8.10 Kg純水喷灑至粒化機/混合器内來沖 洗含有粒化流體之貯槽及向喷灑裝置饋料粒化流體之管 線。其後,以遍及粒化機夾套之冷卻水操作粒化機以使得 顆粒維持在30°C以下之溫度直至混合器動力需求升至11.1 kW。 在粒化時間結束時,將因此製得之濕顆粒排放至裝備有 0.375对正方形-多孔篩及圓形葉輪棒之Quadro Comil中。 使全部量之濕顆粒穿過研磨機。將經研磨之濕顆粒轉移至 ® Glatt WSG60流化床處理器中且在55°C、1000 CFM氣流下 乾燥直至樣本顯示乾燥水分失重為2.2重量%。 使用裝備有0.040吋孔徑之較大篩及圓棒葉輪之Quadro Comil將所製備之全部量乾燥顆粒乾式研磨/篩分。將實質 上與如上所述相同之方式製備之第二批顆粒物質亦在相同 條件下研磨且與第一批研磨物質合併以產生69,560 g研磨 物質之合併重量。將此全部量之研磨物質與3,864 g微晶纖 維素(顆粒外,Avicel PH102,微晶纖維素之重量等於研磨 120556.doc -128 - 200810821 物貝中所存在之顆粒内微晶纖維素)及2,319 g交聯羧曱基 纖維素鈉(顆粒外,NF級,交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉之重量等 於研磨物質中所存在之顆粒内交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉之量) 一起轉移至400 L Bohle牵引混合器中。使牽引混合器之組 份以8 RPM乾式摻合歷時約3〇分鐘,產生均質微粒摻和 物。使硬脂酸鎂(1,546 g,Greven)穿過30目篩且添加至含 有微粒摻和物之Bohle摻合器中。使摻合器内容物以8 〇 RPM乾式摻合9分鐘產生具有QMS g/ml之體積密度及 0.642 g/ml之敲緊密度的均質顆粒醫藥調配物,該醫藥調 配物包含50重量%API(顆粒内)且包含10重量%微晶纖維素 (5重量%顆粒内,5重量%顆粒外)、14重量%乳糖單水合物 (顆粒内)、6重量%交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉重量%顆粒内,3 重量°/〇顆粒外)、15重量%預膠凝化澱粉(顆粒内)、3重量% 月桂基硫酸鈉(顆粒内)及2重量%硬脂酸鎂(顆粒外)。 顆粒醫藥調配物之PK結果 使用裝備有19 mm定量盤(相當於每膠囊2〇〇 mg活性物 質)之Bosch膠囊填充機將以上製備之0.400 g份(平均)之顆 粒醫藥調配物裝填至0號膠囊中。 向健康志願者投與此等膠囊之樣本,一次4顆膠囊或經 三小時之時間以1小時給藥間隔投與。結果展示於圖1〇 中’其表明在3.1小時處2106 ng/ml之Cmax(單劑量)且在 4·25小時處1631 ng/ml之Cmax(多劑量)。發現相應單劑量 AUC為7029 ng.hr/ml且發現相應多劑量AUC為6410 ng.ml/hr,表明調配物可提供含有API之治療水平之Hcv蛋 120556.doc -129- 200810821 白酶抑制劑。 實例v-醫藥調配物 如下表所指示,雖然利用用於較大(250 Kg)及較小(3 Kg)分批尺寸之適當規模設備,使用實例IV中所述之方法 製備額外批次之顆粒醫藥調配物。參看下表,報導用於各 批次中之組份重量(一半所報導之交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉及 微晶纖維素以顆粒内物質形式存在於產物顆粒醫藥調配物 中,且另一半根據實例IV中所述之方法與顆粒物質在調配 _ 物製備時摻合,且因此其為顆粒外物質)。 批量 3 kg 40 kga 250 kga 組份 kg/批 kg/批 kg/批 SCH 503034 1.5(50重量%) 20(50重量%) Π5(50 重量 %) 乳糖單水合物 0.27 (9 重量%) 5.6(14重量%) 35 (14重量%) 微晶纖維素 0.3 (⑺重量%)15 以川重量%)15 25(10ii%)b 預膠凝化澱粉 0.45(15 重量 %) 6(15重量%) 37.5 (15重量%) 交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉 (^:^⑦重量%)15 。·々作重量%)" ^⑴重量%)15 酒石酸 0.15 (5 重量%) … 月桂基硫酸鈉 0·09(3 重量 %) 1.2 (3 重量 %) 7.5 (3 重量%) 硬脂酸鎂 0.06 (2重量%) 0.8 (2重量%) 5(2重量%) 每批總重量 3 40 250 加工設備: 粒化機 低剪切混合器 高剪切粒化機 高剪切粒化機 乾燥器 烘箱 流化床乾燥器 流化床乾燥器 摻合器 滾筒式摻合器 滾筒式摻合器 滾筒式摻合器 膠囊填充機 膠嚢機(定量盤) 膠囊機(定量盤) 膠囊機(定量盤)Comparative Example I. A comparative example of precipitation of a composition was prepared using a 3 L stirred dish bottom batch reactor equipped with a 90 mm reversed curve impeller (4) (iv) w mpeller), which reactor was maintained at _2 Torr. Under the arm of i78〇 W n-heptane. A 330 ml volume of MTBE solution containing 132 mgs of B compound per ml of solution was introduced into the anti-solvent over a period of 29 min with stirring (550 rpm). The resulting slurry was distilled to a volume of 16 〇〇 ml under an indoor vacuum (30_60 Torr). The precipitate was collected by pressure filtration, washed with 4 liters of heptane and dried in a stirred filter drier under full vacuum at 35 C for 15 hrs and then at 550 hr. The filtrate contained about 5% by weight of 2 ΜΤΒΕ. The collected material had a bulk density of 0.16 g/ml, indicating a BET surface area of only 1.76 m2/g for a larger initial particle size. SEM examination of the particles showed that the particles were blended (melted). The softening point of the wet cake was determined to be less than about 30 °C. The precipitate prepared in accordance with the present invention is more uniform than the batch precipitated material and has an improved bulk density that allows for smaller dosage forms of equal amounts of active content. In addition, the elevated softening point of the isolated particulate matter allows for more aggressive drying conditions to reduce processing time. An example of the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation using a precipitate prepared as described above. 0 Pharmaceutical Formulation I20556.doc -126- 200810821 An exemplary pharmaceutical formulation as described below is prepared in a laboratory scale apparatus (3 Kg order) and It is included in a low shear mixer granulated, dried in an oven, blended in a roller blender and manually filled into capsules, or prepared in industrial scale equipment (40 Kg or more), including ^ with his high shear granulator, Glatt fluidized bed dryer, B〇hle traction mixer, Quadro Comil screen mill (for both dry and wet grinding) & B〇sch capsule filling machine. In all cases, it is operated according to GMP standard pharmaceutical manufacturing methods and industry standards including screening, granulation, grinding, fluid bed drying and powder mixing. Unless otherwise stated, 'all substances used in the formulation are commercially available items that meet the current requirements of the USP/NF. Active pharmaceutical ingredients for the preparation of pharmaceutical formulations were prepared according to Example II above. According to the above description of the sinker particulate matter, all APIs are used as they are and have a characteristic volume surface area, average chord length, average particle size, volume density, and volume surface area. Example IV-40 Preparation of Kg Pharmaceutical Formulations The granule pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention were prepared in batches at 40 Kg using the following procedure. 2.000 Kg microcrystalline cellulose (Avicel PH102, FMC), 1.200 Kg croscarmellose sodium (NF grade), 6.000 Kg pregelatinized powder 1500 (Colorcon), 4.586 Kg lactose monohydrate (NF , very fine grade, Foremost Farms) and 21.014 Kg of the compound of formula B prepared according to the above example π is placed in a Collette granulator/high speed mixer equipped with a mixing paddle and a modulating disk blade, wherein the compound of formula B has 8 · 14 m 2 /g median volume surface area and volume density of 0.23 g/cm3, and 1.57 micron median particles 120556.doc -127- 200810821 size. The weight of the API used reflects the adjusted quality from the theoretical 20 Kg to compensate for API activity. Thus, the 21.014 Kg API used has an activity equal to 20 Kg of theoretical material with 100% activity. The API and excipients present in the mixer were dry blended by operating the high shear mixer at 15.7 Torr/sec for 2 minutes to provide a homogeneous powder. The powder was sprayed onto a homogeneous powder using a solution containing 1.200 Kg of sodium lauryl sulfate (NF/USP, Stepan) dissolved in 17 Kg of pure water by spraying in a mixer/granulator at 3 Kg per minute. Wet granulation in which the mixer blades operate at 18.9 Torr/sec and • modulate the disk blades to operate at 2500 RPM. When all of the granulating fluid has been sprayed, the sump containing the granulating fluid and the line feeding the granulating fluid to the spraying device are washed by spraying an additional 8.10 Kg of pure water into the granulator/mixer. Thereafter, the granulator was operated with cooling water throughout the granulator jacket to maintain the pellets at temperatures below 30 °C until the mixer power demand rose to 11.1 kW. At the end of the granulation time, the wet granules thus produced were discharged into a Quadro Comil equipped with 0.375 pairs of square-porous sieves and circular impeller rods. Allow the entire amount of wet granules to pass through the mill. The milled wet granules were transferred to a ® Glatt WSG 60 fluid bed processor and dried at 55 ° C under a 1000 CFM flow until the sample showed a dry moisture loss of 2.2 wt%. The entire amount of dry granules prepared was dry milled/sifted using a Quadro Comil equipped with a larger sieve having a 0.040 inch aperture and a round bar impeller. A second batch of particulate material prepared substantially in the same manner as described above was also ground under the same conditions and combined with the first batch of abrasive to produce a combined weight of 69,560 g of abrasive. The entire amount of the ground material and 3,864 g of microcrystalline cellulose (outside the particle, Avicel PH102, the weight of the microcrystalline cellulose is equal to the microcrystalline cellulose present in the grain of 120556.doc-128 - 200810821) 2,319 g of croscarmellose sodium (outside the granules, NF grade, the weight of croscarmellose sodium is equal to the amount of intragranular croscarmellose sodium present in the abrasive) 400 L Bohle traction mixer. The traction mixer assembly was dry blended at 8 RPM for about 3 minutes to produce a homogeneous particulate blend. Magnesium stearate (1,546 g, Greven) was passed through a 30 mesh screen and added to a Bohle blender containing the particulate blend. Dry blending of the blender contents at 8 〇 RPM for 9 minutes resulted in a homogeneous granule pharmaceutical formulation having a bulk density of QMS g/ml and a knock-off of 0.642 g/ml, the pharmaceutical formulation comprising 50% by weight of API ( Within the granule) and comprising 10% by weight of microcrystalline cellulose (5 wt% granules, 5% by weight of granules), 14% by weight of lactose monohydrate (intragranular), 6% by weight of croscarmellose sodium In the % granules, 3 parts by weight / 〇 granules), 15% by weight of pregelatinized starch (in granules), 3% by weight of sodium lauryl sulfate (in granules) and 2% by weight of magnesium stearate (extragranular). PK results for granule pharmaceutical formulations 0.400 g portions (average) of granule pharmaceutical formulations prepared above were loaded to No. 0 using a Bosch capsule filling machine equipped with a 19 mm metering disc (equivalent to 2 gram per active capsule) In the capsule. Samples of these capsules were administered to healthy volunteers, administered in 4 capsules at a time or at a 1 hour dosing interval over a three hour period. The results are shown in Figure 1 'which shows a Cmax (single dose) of 2106 ng/ml at 3.1 hours and a Cmax (multiple dose) of 1631 ng/ml at 4.25 hours. The corresponding single-dose AUC was found to be 7029 ng.hr/ml and the corresponding multi-dose AUC was found to be 6410 ng.ml/hr, indicating that the formulation can provide Hcv eggs with therapeutic levels of API 120556.doc -129- 200810821 White enzyme inhibitor . Example v-Pharmaceutical Formulations As indicated in the table below, although the appropriate size equipment for larger (250 Kg) and smaller (3 Kg) batch sizes was used, additional batches of granules were prepared using the method described in Example IV. Medical formulations. Referring to the table below, the weights of the components used in each batch are reported (half of the reported croscarmellose sodium and microcrystalline cellulose are present in the product granules in the form of intragranular substances, and the other half According to the method described in Example IV, the particulate material is blended at the time of preparation, and thus it is an extragranular material). Batch 3 kg 40 kga 250 kga Component kg/batch kg/batch kg/batch SCH 503034 1.5 (50 wt%) 20 (50 wt%) Π5 (50 wt%) lactose monohydrate 0.27 (9 wt%) 5.6 ( 14% by weight) 35 (14% by weight) Microcrystalline cellulose 0.3 ((7)% by weight) 15% by weight) 15 25 (10 ii%) b Pregelatinized starch 0.45 (15% by weight) 6 (15% by weight) 37.5 (15% by weight) croscarmellose sodium (^: ^ 7 wt%) 15 . ·% by weight) " ^(1)% by weight) 15 Tartaric acid 0.15 (5 wt%) ... Sodium lauryl sulfate 0·09 (3 wt%) 1.2 (3 wt%) 7.5 (3 wt%) Magnesium stearate 0.06 (2wt%) 0.8 (2wt%) 5 (2wt%) Total weight per batch 3 40 250 Processing equipment: granulator low shear mixer high shear granulator high shear granulator dryer Oven fluidized bed dryer fluidized bed dryer blender drum type blender drum type blender drum type blender capsule filling machine plastic machine (quantitative tray) capsule machine (quantitative tray) capsule machine (quantitative tray) )
a:在包勝囊之前可將兩種摻和物併成一種掺和物。 b: —半為顆粒内,一半為顆粒外 膠囊溶解特徵 將以上製備之各顆粒醫藥調配物之等分試樣置於膠囊内 且根據以下方法測試溶解特徵。所使用之溶解測試裝置為 120556.doc •130- 200810821 充填有900 mL溶解介質之USPII裝置槳式攪拌機,該溶解 介質由經pH 6.8之磷酸鈉缓衝液缓衝之0· 5%月桂基硫酸鈉 溶液組成。在37°C下進行溶解測試。在使溶解介質維持在 測試溫度並將槳設定為50 RPM下進行測試。將測試膠囊 投入溶解介質中並驅動槳。週期性抽出溶解介質之等分試 樣且藉由HPLC分析活性内容物。依據HPLC測定計算溶解 介質中存在之活性化合物之總量且以其在溶解於溶解介質 之膠囊中所含之最初活性化合物總量之百分比來報導。取 自以各批量所製備之膠囊的代表性樣品之結果以6顆膠囊 之平均值展示於下表中。 來源 3 kg批次 40 kg批次 250 kg批次 組份 mg/cap mg/cap Mg/cap 經沉澱之式B化合物 200 200 200 乳糖單水合物 36 56 56 微晶纖維素 40 40 40 預膠凝化澱粉 60 60 60 交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉 24 24 24 月桂基硫酸鈉 12 12 12 酒石酸 20 … — 硬脂酸鎂 8 8 8 膠囊填充物重量 400 400 400 溶解時間: 溶解之API% 溶解之API% 溶解之API% 10分鐘 65 78 83 20分鐘 84 88 92 30分鐘 92 91 94 45分鐘 98 95 96 60分鐘 100 98 97a: The two blends can be combined into one blend before the capsule is obtained. b: - half inside the granule and half outside the granule. Capsule dissolution characteristics An aliquot of each granule pharmaceutical formulation prepared above was placed in a capsule and the dissolution characteristics were tested according to the following method. The dissolution test device used was 120556.doc • 130- 200810821 A USPII device paddle mixer filled with 900 mL of dissolution medium, the dissolution medium was buffered with 0.5% sodium lauryl sulfate buffered with a pH 6.8 sodium phosphate buffer. Solution composition. The dissolution test was carried out at 37 °C. The test was carried out while maintaining the dissolution medium at the test temperature and setting the paddle to 50 RPM. The test capsule is placed in the dissolution medium and the paddle is driven. An aliquot of the dissolution medium was periodically withdrawn and the active content was analyzed by HPLC. The total amount of active compound present in the dissolution medium is calculated by HPLC and reported as a percentage of the total amount of the active compound contained in the capsule dissolved in the dissolution medium. The results of representative samples taken from capsules prepared in each batch are shown in the table below as the average of 6 capsules. Source 3 kg Batch 40 kg Batch 250 kg Batch component mg/cap mg/cap Mg/cap Precipitated Formula B Compound 200 200 200 Lactose monohydrate 36 56 56 Microcrystalline cellulose 40 40 40 Pregelatinized Starch 60 60 60 croscarmellose sodium 24 24 24 sodium lauryl sulfate 12 12 12 tartaric acid 20 ... — magnesium stearate 8 8 8 capsule filling weight 400 400 400 dissolution time: dissolved API% dissolved API% dissolved API% 10 minutes 65 78 83 20 minutes 84 88 92 30 minutes 92 91 94 45 minutes 98 95 96 60 minutes 100 98 97
比較PK結果 將使用如上對於3 Kg批次所述之調配物及由相同方法所 製備(雖然係實驗室規模上且在流體粒化中不使用月桂基 120556.doc -131 - 200810821 硫酸鈉)之調配物製備的膠囊投與12個健康人類志願者。 因此,各測試受試者接受含有單一投藥形式之2〇〇 mg API 之2顆膠囊。在投藥前(0小時)及投藥後0.5、1、u、2、 2·5、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、12 及 24小時自各志願者 收集血液樣本,而接受API之彼等受試者之平均濃度值以 由正方形數據點表示之跡線形式於圖6中圖示。接受活性 藥物之志願者之血清藥品水平亦報導於下表中,該表含有 之一列係3% SLS及不含SLS調配物之每一者的結果。來自 此研究之藥物動力學(PK)資料展示在粒化流體中對於具有 月桂基硫酸鈉所製備之劑型而言,單一投藥後平均最大血 漿濃度(Cmax)為平均864 ng/ml,達到最大濃度之中值時間 (小時)(Tmax)為1·71小時且Auc 24(投藥24小時後血漿濃度 時間曲線下之面積,ng.hr/mL)為2540。The comparative PK results will be prepared using the formulation described above for the 3 Kg batch and by the same method (although on a laboratory scale and in the fluid granulation, no lauryl 120556.doc -131 - 200810821 sodium sulfate is used) Formulations prepared capsules were administered to 12 healthy human volunteers. Therefore, each test subject received 2 capsules containing 2 mg of the API in a single administration form. Blood samples were collected from each volunteer before administration (0 hours) and 0.5, 1, u, 2, 2, 5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, and 24 hours after administration. The average concentration values of the subjects receiving the API are illustrated in Figure 6 in the form of traces represented by square data points. The serum drug levels of volunteers receiving active drugs are also reported in the table below, which contains results for each of the 3% SLS and no SLS formulations. The pharmacokinetic (PK) data from this study show that for a dosage form prepared with sodium lauryl sulfate in a granulating fluid, the mean maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) after a single administration is an average of 864 ng/ml, reaching a maximum concentration. The median time (hours) (Tmax) was 1.71 hours and Auc 24 (area under the plasma concentration time curve after 24 hours of administration, ng.hr/mL) was 2540.
120556.doc •132- 200810821 參看圖6,當與不含月桂基硫酸鈉之調配物(具有開環數 據點之跡線)相比較時,現有調配物顯示投藥時改良之生 物利用度。 實例VI-使用其他API之醫藥調配物 將使用上述沉澱方法製備API以用於本文所述之結構式 1(而非本文所例證之式B化合物)及結構式π至XXVIII之化 合物。藉由用上述方法中之API取代可使沉澱微粒物質併 入醫藥調配物中,從而用於製備以上實例以及V中之顆粒 參醫藥調配物。 本發明之上述描述旨在說明而非限制。彼等熟習此項技 術者在本文所述之實施例中可出現不同改變或修正。在不 悖離本發明之範圍或精神之情況下可作出此等改變。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1呈現用於根據本發明合併溶液及反溶劑之三通配件 裝置之橫截面示意圖。 φ 圖2呈現包括用於根據本發明產生沉澱之混合三通管之 裝置之示意流程圖。 圖3呈現在所產生沉澱之軟化點上蒸餾效果之圖示。 圖4呈現製造過程之示意圖。 圖5呈現使用攪拌分批法所製備之比較顆粒物質之軟化 點的圖示。 圖6呈現與未使用SLS類似製備之調配物相比較,在調配 物中使用SLS之生物利用度效果之圖示。 圖7a呈現展不出在暴露於軟化溫度以上之溫度前的顆粒 120556.doc -133- 200810821 形態學之SEM 25倍放大率顯微照片。 圖7b呈現展示出在暴露於軟化溫度以上之溫度後的顆粒 形態學之SEM 25倍放大率顯微照片。 圖8呈現沉澱凝聚物之弦長隨著由合併反溶劑與溶液流 所獲得之雷諾數變化之比較。 圖9呈現經沉澱及經凝聚物質中之處理階段與體積表面 積之間的相關性。 圖1 0呈現以單劑量投與800 mg劑量與經3小時多次投與 ® 200 mg劑量之間的Cmax與AUC之比較(見下文實例V,詳 述)。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 混合三通管 2 出口端管/儲存槽 3 靜態混合器/儲存槽 4 直管道入口 /控制閥 5 入口管線/壓力計 6 箭頭/止回閥 7 分枝管道/靜態混合器 8 入口管線/儲料槽 9 箭頭/探針 10 攪拌器 120556.doc •134-120556.doc •132- 200810821 Referring to Figure 6, the existing formulation shows improved bioavailability at the time of administration when compared to a formulation that does not contain sodium lauryl sulfate (a trace with open loop data points). Example VI - Pharmaceutical Formulations Using Other APIs APIs will be prepared using the above precipitation methods for the structural formula 1 described herein (instead of the compound of formula B exemplified herein) and the compounds of formula π to XXVIII. The precipitated particulate material can be used in the pharmaceutical preparations of the above examples and V by substituting the API in the above method for incorporation into the pharmaceutical formulation. The above description of the present invention is intended to be illustrative, and not restrictive. Different variations or modifications may occur to those skilled in the art in the embodiments described herein. Such changes may be made without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a three-way fitting device for combining a solution and an anti-solvent according to the present invention. φ Figure 2 presents a schematic flow diagram of an apparatus comprising a mixing tee for producing a precipitate in accordance with the present invention. Figure 3 presents a graphical representation of the effect of distillation on the softening point of the resulting precipitate. Figure 4 presents a schematic representation of the manufacturing process. Figure 5 presents a graphical representation of the softening point of a comparative particulate material prepared using a stirred batch process. Figure 6 presents a graphical representation of the bioavailability effect of using SLS in a formulation compared to formulations prepared without the use of SLS. Figure 7a shows SEM 25x magnification micrographs of morphological granules before exposure to temperatures above the softening temperature 120556.doc-133-200810821. Figure 7b presents a SEM 25x magnification micrograph showing the morphology of the particles after exposure to temperatures above the softening temperature. Figure 8 shows a comparison of the chord length of the precipitated agglomerates as a function of the Reynolds number obtained by combining the anti-solvent with the solution stream. Figure 9 shows the correlation between the treatment stage and the volume surface area in the precipitated and coagulated material. Figure 10 presents a comparison of Cmax and AUC between a single dose of 800 mg dose and a 3 hour multiple dose ® 200 mg dose (see Example V below, detailed). [Main component symbol description] 1 Mixing tee 2 Outlet pipe/storage tank 3 Static mixer/storage tank 4 Straight pipe inlet/control valve 5 Inlet line/pressure gauge 6 Arrow/check valve 7 Branch pipe/static Mixer 8 inlet line / hopper 9 arrow / probe 10 agitator 120556.doc • 134-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US79575306P | 2006-04-28 | 2006-04-28 | |
US79649006P | 2006-05-01 | 2006-05-01 | |
US79671706P | 2006-05-02 | 2006-05-02 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200810821A true TW200810821A (en) | 2008-03-01 |
Family
ID=44767491
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW96115301A TW200810821A (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2007-04-30 | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW200810821A (en) |
-
2007
- 2007-04-30 TW TW96115301A patent/TW200810821A/en unknown
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6932746B2 (en) | Enzalutamide preparation | |
US8420122B2 (en) | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same | |
CN101702878B (en) | Pharmaceutical Compositions of Poorly Soluble Drugs | |
RU2724056C2 (en) | Obtaining a tetracyclic compound contained in a high dose | |
AU2008327095B2 (en) | Amorphous form of heterocyclic compound, solid dispersion and medicinal preparation each comprising the same, and process for production of the same | |
CA2766291C (en) | Injectable formulations containing asenapine and method of treatment using same | |
Herbrink et al. | Improving the solubility of nilotinib through novel spray-dried solid dispersions | |
JP5592647B2 (en) | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing the same | |
CN112294971B (en) | Nilotinib compositions having improved solubility | |
KR20150011016A (en) | Polymorphic forms st-246 and methods of preparation | |
JPWO2006118210A1 (en) | Method for preventing decomposition of dihydropyridine compounds | |
TW200810821A (en) | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same | |
CN101495095B (en) | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same | |
WO2007060802A1 (en) | Solid pharmaceutical preparation and pharmaceutical preparation composition | |
RU2143898C1 (en) | Granulated pharmaceutical preparation and aqueous suspension based on this preparation | |
Joy et al. | Tool to increase solubility: solid dispersion | |
EP3572069A1 (en) | Increasing solubility and bioavailability of enzalutamide | |
MX2008013886A (en) | Process for the precipitation and isolation of 6,6-dimethyl-3-aza-bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane-amide compounds by controlled precipitation and pharmaceutical formulations containing same. | |
BR102012027409B1 (en) | pharmaceutical composition and its method of preparation | |
Mireskandari et al. | Development and Characterization of a Novel Spray-Dried Powder for Inhalation of Cinacalcet HCl Nanoparticles | |
ES2717254T3 (en) | Solid state forms of sofosbuvir | |
CN115991704A (en) | New crystal forms of vitamin Mo Feini, active medicaments and pharmaceutical compositions prepared using the new crystal forms | |
EA040999B1 (en) | 4-[3-CHLORO-4-(CYCLOPROPYLCARBAMOYLAMINO)PHENOXY]-7-METHOXYQUINOLINE-6-CARBOXAMIDE METHANSULFONATE Q CRYSTAL FORM, METHOD FOR ITS PRODUCTION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR CANCER TREATMENT | |
Madkaikar et al. | International Journal of Pharma Research and Technology | |
Alqahtani et al. | An Investigation into the Use of Mesoporous Silica for Improving Physical Stability of Amorphous Solid Dispersion with High Drug Loading |